textract to md finished for book 1
This commit is contained in:
parent
a13e302260
commit
69567d7f9b
37 changed files with 5413 additions and 282 deletions
|
|
@ -1,3 +1,379 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 15-keplers-problem
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
Kepler's problem
|
||||||
|
35
|
||||||
|
Using (1), we find the energy in the form
|
||||||
|
E
|
||||||
|
(3)
|
||||||
|
Hence
|
||||||
|
Expressing the co-ordinates X2 sin o, y = l cos of the particle m2 in terms of
|
||||||
|
by means of (2), we find that its path is an arc of an ellipse with horizontal semi-
|
||||||
|
axis lm1/(m1+m2) and vertical semi-axis l. As M1 8 we return to the familiar simple pen-
|
||||||
|
dulum, which moves in an arc of a circle.
|
||||||
|
$15. Kepler's problem
|
||||||
|
An important class of central fields is formed by those in which the poten-
|
||||||
|
tial energy is inversely proportional to r, and the force accordingly inversely
|
||||||
|
proportional to r2. They include the fields of Newtonian gravitational attrac-
|
||||||
|
tion and of Coulomb electrostatic interaction; the latter may be either attrac-
|
||||||
|
tive or repulsive.
|
||||||
|
Let us first consider an attractive field, where
|
||||||
|
U=-a/r
|
||||||
|
(15.1)
|
||||||
|
with a a positive constant. The "effective" potential energy
|
||||||
|
(15.2)
|
||||||
|
is
|
||||||
|
of the form shown in Fig. 10. As r 0, Ueff tends to + 00, and as
|
||||||
|
r
|
||||||
|
8
|
||||||
|
it tends to zero from negative values ; for r = M2/ma it has a minimum value
|
||||||
|
Ueff, min = -mx2/2M2.
|
||||||
|
(15.3)
|
||||||
|
Ueff
|
||||||
|
FIG. 10
|
||||||
|
It is seen at once from Fig. 10 that the motion is finite for E <0 and infinite
|
||||||
|
for E > 0.
|
||||||
|
36
|
||||||
|
Integration of the Equations of Motion
|
||||||
|
§15
|
||||||
|
The shape of the path is obtained from the general formula (14.7). Substi-
|
||||||
|
tuting there U = - a/r and effecting the elementary integration, we have
|
||||||
|
o =
|
||||||
|
- constant.
|
||||||
|
Taking the origin of such that the constant is zero, and putting
|
||||||
|
P = M2/ma, e= [1 1+(2EM2/mo2)]
|
||||||
|
(15.4)
|
||||||
|
we can write the equation of the path as
|
||||||
|
p/r = 1+e coso.
|
||||||
|
(15.5)
|
||||||
|
This is the equation of a conic section with one focus at the origin; 2p is called
|
||||||
|
the latus rectum of the orbit and e the eccentricity. Our choice of the origin of
|
||||||
|
is seen from (15.5) to be such that the point where = 0 is the point nearest
|
||||||
|
to the origin (called the perihelion).
|
||||||
|
In the equivalent problem of two particles interacting according to the law
|
||||||
|
(15.1), the orbit of each particle is a conic section, with one focus at the centre
|
||||||
|
of mass of the two particles.
|
||||||
|
It is seen from (15.4) that, if E < 0, then the eccentricity e < 1, i.e. the
|
||||||
|
orbit is an ellipse (Fig. 11) and the motion is finite, in accordance with what
|
||||||
|
has been said earlier in this section. According to the formulae of analytical
|
||||||
|
geometry, the major and minor semi-axes of the ellipse are
|
||||||
|
a = p/(1-e2) = a2E, b =p/v(1-e2)Mv(2mE) =
|
||||||
|
(15.6)
|
||||||
|
y
|
||||||
|
X
|
||||||
|
2b
|
||||||
|
ae
|
||||||
|
2a
|
||||||
|
FIG. 11
|
||||||
|
The least possible value of the energy is (15.3), and then e = 0, i.e. the ellipse
|
||||||
|
becomes a circle. It may be noted that the major axis of the ellipse depends
|
||||||
|
only on the energy of the particle, and not on its angular momentum. The
|
||||||
|
least and greatest distances from the centre of the field (the focus of the
|
||||||
|
ellipse) are
|
||||||
|
rmin = =p/(1+e)=a(1-e),
|
||||||
|
max=p(1-e)=a(1+e). = = (15.7)
|
||||||
|
These expressions, with a and e given by (15.6) and (15.4), can, of course,
|
||||||
|
also be obtained directly as the roots of the equation Ueff(r) = E.
|
||||||
|
§15
|
||||||
|
Kepler's problem
|
||||||
|
37
|
||||||
|
The period T of revolution in an elliptical orbit is conveniently found by
|
||||||
|
using the law of conservation of angular momentum in the form of the area
|
||||||
|
integral (14.3). Integrating this equation with respect to time from zero to
|
||||||
|
T, we have 2mf = TM, where f is the area of the orbit. For an ellipse
|
||||||
|
f = nab, and by using the formulae (15.6) we find
|
||||||
|
T = 2ma3/2-(m/a)
|
||||||
|
= ma((m2E3).
|
||||||
|
(15.8)
|
||||||
|
The proportionality between the square of the period and the cube of the
|
||||||
|
linear dimension of the orbit has already been demonstrated in §10. It may
|
||||||
|
also be noted that the period depends only on the energy of the particle.
|
||||||
|
For E > 0 the motion is infinite. If E > 0, the eccentricity e > 1, i.e. the
|
||||||
|
the path is a hyperbola with the origin as internal focus (Fig. 12). The dis-
|
||||||
|
tance of the perihelion from the focus is
|
||||||
|
rmin ==pl(e+1)=a(e-1), = =
|
||||||
|
(15.9)
|
||||||
|
where a = p/(e2-1) = a/2E is the "semi-axis" of the hyperbola.
|
||||||
|
y
|
||||||
|
p
|
||||||
|
ale-1)
|
||||||
|
FIG. 12
|
||||||
|
If E = 0, the eccentricity e = 1, and the particle moves in a parabola with
|
||||||
|
perihelion distance rmin = 1p. This case occurs if the particle starts from rest
|
||||||
|
at infinity.
|
||||||
|
The co-ordinates of the particle as functions of time in the orbit may be
|
||||||
|
found by means of the general formula (14.6). They may be represented in a
|
||||||
|
convenient parametric form as follows.
|
||||||
|
Let us first consider elliptical orbits. With a and e given by (15.6) and (15.4)
|
||||||
|
we can write the integral (14.6) for the time as
|
||||||
|
t
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
38
|
||||||
|
Integration of the Equations of Motion
|
||||||
|
§15
|
||||||
|
The obvious substitution r-a = - ae cos $ converts the integral to
|
||||||
|
sioant
|
||||||
|
If time is measured in such a way that the constant is zero, we have the
|
||||||
|
following parametric dependence of r on t:
|
||||||
|
r = a(1-e cos ), t =
|
||||||
|
(15.10)
|
||||||
|
the particle being at perihelion at t = 0. The Cartesian co-ordinates
|
||||||
|
x = r cos o, y = r sin (the x and y axes being respectively parallel to the
|
||||||
|
major and minor axes of the ellipse) can likewise be expressed in terms of
|
||||||
|
the parameter $. From (15.5) and (15.10) we have
|
||||||
|
ex = = =
|
||||||
|
y is equal to W(r2-x2). Thus
|
||||||
|
x = a(cos & - e),
|
||||||
|
y = =av(1-e2) $.
|
||||||
|
(15.11)
|
||||||
|
A complete passage round the ellipse corresponds to an increase of $ from 0
|
||||||
|
to 2nr.
|
||||||
|
Entirely similar calculations for the hyperbolic orbits give
|
||||||
|
r = a(e cosh & - 1), t = V(ma3/a)(esinh - - $),
|
||||||
|
(15.12)
|
||||||
|
x = a(e-cosh ) y = a1/(e2-1)sinh &
|
||||||
|
where the parameter $ varies from - 00 to + 00.
|
||||||
|
Let us now consider motion in a repulsive field, where
|
||||||
|
U
|
||||||
|
(a>0).
|
||||||
|
(15.13)
|
||||||
|
Here the effective potential energy is
|
||||||
|
Utt
|
||||||
|
and decreases monotonically from + 00 to zero as r varies from zero to
|
||||||
|
infinity. The energy of the particle must be positive, and the motion is always
|
||||||
|
infinite. The calculations are exactly similar to those for the attractive field.
|
||||||
|
The path is a hyperbola (or, if E = 0, a parabola):
|
||||||
|
pr r = =1-e coso, =
|
||||||
|
(15.14)
|
||||||
|
where P and e are again given by (15.4). The path passes the centre of the
|
||||||
|
field in the manner shown in Fig. 13. The perihelion distance is
|
||||||
|
rmin =p(e-1)=a(e+1). =
|
||||||
|
(15.15)
|
||||||
|
The time dependence is given by the parametric equations
|
||||||
|
= =(ma3/a)(esinh+) =
|
||||||
|
(15.16)
|
||||||
|
x
|
||||||
|
= a(cosh & e ,
|
||||||
|
y = av((e2-1) sinh &
|
||||||
|
§15
|
||||||
|
Kepler's problem
|
||||||
|
39
|
||||||
|
To conclude this section, we shall show that there is an integral of the mo-
|
||||||
|
tion which exists only in fields U = a/r (with either sign of a). It is easy to
|
||||||
|
verify by direct calculation that the quantity
|
||||||
|
vxM+ar/r
|
||||||
|
(15.17)
|
||||||
|
is constant. For its total time derivative is v
|
||||||
|
since M = mr xv,
|
||||||
|
Putting mv = ar/r3 from the equation of motion, we find that this expression
|
||||||
|
vanishes.
|
||||||
|
y
|
||||||
|
0
|
||||||
|
(I+e)
|
||||||
|
FIG. 13
|
||||||
|
The direction of the conserved vector (15.17) is along the major axis from
|
||||||
|
the focus to the perihelion, and its magnitude is ae. This is most simply
|
||||||
|
seen by considering its value at perihelion.
|
||||||
|
It should be emphasised that the integral (15.17) of the motion, like M and
|
||||||
|
E, is a one-valued function of the state (position and velocity) of the particle.
|
||||||
|
We shall see in §50 that the existence of such a further one-valued integral
|
||||||
|
is due to the degeneracy of the motion.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEMS
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 1. Find the time dependence of the co-ordinates of a particle with energy E = 0
|
||||||
|
moving in a parabola in a field U = -a/r.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. In the integral
|
||||||
|
we substitute r = M2(1+n2)/2ma = 1p(1+n2), obtaining the following parametric form of
|
||||||
|
the required dependence:
|
||||||
|
r=1p(1+n2),
|
||||||
|
t=
|
||||||
|
y=pn.
|
||||||
|
40
|
||||||
|
Integration of the Equations of Motion
|
||||||
|
§15
|
||||||
|
The parameter n varies from - 00 to +00.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. Integrate the equations of motion for a particle in a central field
|
||||||
|
U = - a/r2 (a > 0).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. From formulae (14.6) and (14.7) we have, if and t are appropriately measured,
|
||||||
|
(a) for E > andM 0 and
|
||||||
|
(b) for E>0 0nd and M 2/2m a,
|
||||||
|
(c) for E <0 and Ms1
|
||||||
|
In all three cases
|
||||||
|
In cases (b) and(c) the particle"falls"to the centre along a path which approaches the
|
||||||
|
origin as
|
||||||
|
00. The fall from a given value of r takes place in a finite time, namely
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 3. When a small correction SU(r) is added to the potential energy U = -a/r,
|
||||||
|
the paths of finite motion are no longer closed, and at each revolution the perihelion is dis-
|
||||||
|
placed through a small angle so. Find 80 when (a) SU = B/r2, (b) SU = y/r3.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. When r varies from rmin to rmax and back, the angle varies by an amount
|
||||||
|
(14.10), which we write as
|
||||||
|
in order to avoid the occurrence of spurious divergences. We put U= - -a/r+8U, and
|
||||||
|
expand the integrand in powers of SU; the zero-order term in the expansion gives 2nr, and
|
||||||
|
the first-order term gives the required change so:
|
||||||
|
(1)
|
||||||
|
where we have changed from the integration over r to one over , along the path of the "un-
|
||||||
|
perturbed" motion.
|
||||||
|
In case (a), the integration in (1) is trivial: 80 = -2nBm/M2 = -2nB/ap, where 2p (15.4)
|
||||||
|
is the latus rectum of the unperturbed ellipse. In case (b) r2SU = y/r and, with 1/r/given by
|
||||||
|
(15.5), we have 80 = -6naym2/M4 = -6ny/ap2.
|
||||||
|
§14
|
||||||
|
Motion in a central field
|
||||||
|
31
|
||||||
|
(Fig. 8). Calling this area df, we can write the angular momentum of the par-
|
||||||
|
ticle as
|
||||||
|
M = 2mf,
|
||||||
|
(14.3)
|
||||||
|
where the derivative f is called the sectorial velocity. Hence the conservation
|
||||||
|
of angular momentum implies the constancy of the sectorial velocity: in equal
|
||||||
|
times the radius vector of the particle sweeps out equal areas (Kepler's second
|
||||||
|
law).t
|
||||||
|
rdd
|
||||||
|
dd
|
||||||
|
0
|
||||||
|
FIG. 8
|
||||||
|
The complete solution of the problem of the motion of a particle in a central
|
||||||
|
field is most simply obtained by starting from the laws of conservation of
|
||||||
|
energy and angular momentum, without writing out the equations of motion
|
||||||
|
themselves. Expressing in terms of M from (14.2) and substituting in the
|
||||||
|
expression for the energy, we obtain
|
||||||
|
E = =
|
||||||
|
(14.4)
|
||||||
|
Hence
|
||||||
|
(14.5)
|
||||||
|
or, integrating,
|
||||||
|
constant.
|
||||||
|
(14.6)
|
||||||
|
Writing (14.2) as do = M dt/mr2, substituting dt from (14.5) and integrating,
|
||||||
|
we find
|
||||||
|
constant.
|
||||||
|
(14.7)
|
||||||
|
Formulae (14.6) and (14.7) give the general solution of the problem. The
|
||||||
|
latter formula gives the relation between r and , i.e. the equation of the path.
|
||||||
|
Formula (14.6) gives the distance r from the centre as an implicit function of
|
||||||
|
time. The angle o, it should be noted, always varies monotonically with time,
|
||||||
|
since (14.2) shows that & can never change sign.
|
||||||
|
t The law of conservation of angular momentum for a particle moving in a central field
|
||||||
|
is sometimes called the area integral.
|
||||||
|
32
|
||||||
|
Integration of the Equations of Motion
|
||||||
|
§14
|
||||||
|
The expression (14.4) shows that the radial part of the motion can be re-
|
||||||
|
garded as taking place in one dimension in a field where the "effective poten-
|
||||||
|
tial energy" is
|
||||||
|
(14.8)
|
||||||
|
The quantity M2/2mr2 is called the centrifugal energy. The values of r for which
|
||||||
|
U(r)
|
||||||
|
(14.9)
|
||||||
|
determine the limits of the motion as regards distance from the centre.
|
||||||
|
When equation (14.9) is satisfied, the radial velocity j is zero. This does not
|
||||||
|
mean that the particle comes to rest as in true one-dimensional motion, since
|
||||||
|
the angular velocity o is not zero. The value j = 0 indicates a turning point
|
||||||
|
of the path, where r(t) begins to decrease instead of increasing, or vice versa.
|
||||||
|
If the range in which r may vary is limited only by the condition r > rmin,
|
||||||
|
the motion is infinite: the particle comes from, and returns to, infinity.
|
||||||
|
If the range of r has two limits rmin and rmax, the motion is finite and the
|
||||||
|
path lies entirely within the annulus bounded by the circles r = rmax and
|
||||||
|
r = rmin- This does not mean, however, that the path must be a closed curve.
|
||||||
|
During the time in which r varies from rmax to rmin and back, the radius
|
||||||
|
vector turns through an angle Ao which, according to (14.7), is given by
|
||||||
|
Mdr/r2
|
||||||
|
(14.10)
|
||||||
|
The condition for the path to be closed is that this angle should be a rational
|
||||||
|
fraction of 2n, i.e. that Ao = 2nm/n, where m and n are integers. In that case,
|
||||||
|
after n periods, the radius vector of the particle will have made m complete
|
||||||
|
revolutions and will occupy its original position, so that the path is closed.
|
||||||
|
Such cases are exceptional, however, and when the form of U(r) is arbitrary
|
||||||
|
the angle is not a rational fraction of 2nr. In general, therefore, the path
|
||||||
|
of a particle executing a finite motion is not closed. It passes through the
|
||||||
|
minimum and maximum distances an infinity of times, and after infinite time
|
||||||
|
it covers the entire annulus between the two bounding circles. The path
|
||||||
|
shown in Fig. 9 is an example.
|
||||||
|
There are only two types of central field in which all finite motions take
|
||||||
|
place in closed paths. They are those in which the potential energy of the
|
||||||
|
particle varies as 1/r or as r2. The former case is discussed in §15; the latter
|
||||||
|
is that of the space oscillator (see §23, Problem 3).
|
||||||
|
At a turning point the square root in (14.5), and therefore the integrands
|
||||||
|
in (14.6) and (14.7), change sign. If the angle is measured from the direc-
|
||||||
|
tion of the radius vector to the turning point, the parts of the path on each
|
||||||
|
side of that point differ only in the sign of for each value of r, i.e. the path
|
||||||
|
is symmetrical about the line = 0. Starting, say, from a point where = rmax
|
||||||
|
the particle traverses a segment of the path as far as a point with r rmin,
|
||||||
|
§14
|
||||||
|
Motion in a central field
|
||||||
|
33
|
||||||
|
then follows a symmetrically placed segment to the next point where r = rmax,
|
||||||
|
and so on. Thus the entire path is obtained by repeating identical segments
|
||||||
|
forwards and backwards. This applies also to infinite paths, which consist of
|
||||||
|
two symmetrical branches extending from the turning point (r = rmin) to
|
||||||
|
infinity.
|
||||||
|
'max
|
||||||
|
min
|
||||||
|
so
|
||||||
|
FIG. 9
|
||||||
|
The presence of the centrifugal energy when M # 0, which becomes
|
||||||
|
infinite as 1/22 when r -> 0, generally renders it impossible for the particle to
|
||||||
|
reach the centre of the field, even if the field is an attractive one. A "fall" of
|
||||||
|
the particle to the centre is possible only if the potential energy tends suffi-
|
||||||
|
ciently rapidly to -00 as r 0. From the inequality
|
||||||
|
1mr2 = E- U(r) - M2/2mr2
|
||||||
|
or r2U(Y)+M2/2m < Er2, it follows that r can take values tending to zero
|
||||||
|
only if
|
||||||
|
(14.11)
|
||||||
|
i.e. U(r) must tend to - 8 either as - a/r2 with a > M2/2m, or proportionally
|
||||||
|
to - 1/rn with n > 2.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEMS
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 1. Integrate the equations of motion for a spherical pendulum (a particle of mass
|
||||||
|
m moving on the surface of a sphere of radius l in a gravitational field).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. In spherical co-ordinates, with the origin at the centre of the sphere and the
|
||||||
|
polar axis vertically downwards, the Lagrangian of the pendulum is
|
||||||
|
1ml2(02 + 62 sin20) +mgl cos 0.
|
||||||
|
2*
|
||||||
|
34
|
||||||
|
Integration of the Equations of Motion
|
||||||
|
§14
|
||||||
|
The co-ordinate is cyclic, and hence the generalised momentum Po, which is the same as the
|
||||||
|
z-component of angular momentum, is conserved:
|
||||||
|
(1)
|
||||||
|
The energy is
|
||||||
|
E = cos 0
|
||||||
|
(2)
|
||||||
|
= 0.
|
||||||
|
Hence
|
||||||
|
(3)
|
||||||
|
where the "effective potential energy" is
|
||||||
|
Ueff(0) = COS 0.
|
||||||
|
For the angle o we find, using (1),
|
||||||
|
do
|
||||||
|
(4)
|
||||||
|
The integrals (3) and (4) lead to elliptic integrals of the first and third kinds respectively.
|
||||||
|
The range of 0 in which the motion takes place is that where E > Ueff, and its limits
|
||||||
|
are given by the equation E = Uell. This is a cubic equation for cos 0, having two roots
|
||||||
|
between -1 and +1; these define two circles of latitude on the sphere, between which the
|
||||||
|
path lies.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. Integrate the equations of motion for a particle moving on the surface of a
|
||||||
|
cone (of vertical angle 2x) placed vertically and with vertex downwards in a gravitational
|
||||||
|
field.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. In spherical co-ordinates, with the origin at the vertex of the cone and the
|
||||||
|
polar axis vertically upwards, the Lagrangian is sin2x) -mgr cos a. The co-
|
||||||
|
ordinate is cyclic, and Mz = mr2 sin²a is again conserved. The energy is
|
||||||
|
= a.
|
||||||
|
By the same method as in Problem 1, we find
|
||||||
|
==
|
||||||
|
The condition E = Ueff(r) is (if M + 0) a cubic equation for r, having two positive roots;
|
||||||
|
these define two horizontal circles on the cone, between which the path lies.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 3. Integrate the equations of motion for a pendulum of mass M2, with a mass M1
|
||||||
|
at the point of support which can move on a horizontal line lying in the plane in which m2
|
||||||
|
moves (Fig. 2, §5).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. In the Lagrangian derived in §5, Problem 2, the co-ordinate x is cyclic. The
|
||||||
|
generalised momentum Px, which is the horizontal component of the total momentum of the
|
||||||
|
system, is therefore conserved
|
||||||
|
Px = cos = constant.
|
||||||
|
(1)
|
||||||
|
The system may always be taken to be at rest as a whole. Then the constant in (1) is zero
|
||||||
|
and integration gives
|
||||||
|
(m1+m2)x+m2) sin = constant,
|
||||||
|
(2)
|
||||||
|
which expresses the fact that the centre of mass of the system does not move horizontally.
|
||||||
§15
|
§15
|
||||||
Kepler's problem
|
Kepler's problem
|
||||||
35
|
35
|
||||||
|
|
@ -214,3 +590,5 @@ perturbed" motion.
|
||||||
In case (a), the integration in (1) is trivial: 80 = -2nBm/M2 = -2nB/ap, where 2p (15.4)
|
In case (a), the integration in (1) is trivial: 80 = -2nBm/M2 = -2nB/ap, where 2p (15.4)
|
||||||
is the latus rectum of the unperturbed ellipse. In case (b) r2SU = y/r and, with 1/r/given by
|
is the latus rectum of the unperturbed ellipse. In case (b) r2SU = y/r and, with 1/r/given by
|
||||||
(15.5), we have 80 = -6naym2/M4 = -6ny/ap2.
|
(15.5), we have 80 = -6naym2/M4 = -6ny/ap2.
|
||||||
|
CHAPTER IV
|
||||||
|
COLLISIONS BETWEEN PARTICLES
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
|
||||||
§16. Disintegration of particles
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 16-disintegration-of-particles
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
IN many cases the laws of conservation of momentum and energy alone can
|
IN many cases the laws of conservation of momentum and energy alone can
|
||||||
be used to obtain important results concerning the properties of various mech-
|
be used to obtain important results concerning the properties of various mech-
|
||||||
anical processes. It should be noted that these properties are independent of
|
anical processes. It should be noted that these properties are independent of
|
||||||
|
|
@ -126,283 +128,3 @@ SOLUTION. In the C system, the corresponding angles are related by 010 = n-020.
|
||||||
equations we must eliminate Oo. To do so, we first solve for cos Oo and sin Oo, and then
|
equations we must eliminate Oo. To do so, we first solve for cos Oo and sin Oo, and then
|
||||||
44
|
44
|
||||||
Collisions Between Particles
|
Collisions Between Particles
|
||||||
§17
|
|
||||||
form the sum of their squares, which is unity. Since V10/2.20 = m2/m1, we have finally, using
|
|
||||||
(16.2),
|
|
||||||
(m2/m1) sin202+(m1/m2) sin201-2 sin O1 sin O2 cos(A1+6
|
|
||||||
PROBLEM 2. Find the angular distribution of the resulting particles in the L system.
|
|
||||||
SOLUTION. When vo > V, we substitute (16.6), with the plus sign of the radical, in (16.7),
|
|
||||||
obtaining
|
|
||||||
(0 .
|
|
||||||
When vo < V, both possible relations between Oo and 0 must be taken into account. Since,
|
|
||||||
when 0 increases, one value of Oo increases and the other decreases, the difference (not the
|
|
||||||
sum) of the expressions d cos Oo with the two signs of the radical in (16.6) must be taken.
|
|
||||||
The result is
|
|
||||||
(0 max).
|
|
||||||
PROBLEM 3. Determine the range of possible values of the angle 0 between the directions
|
|
||||||
of motion of the two resulting particles in the L system.
|
|
||||||
SOLUTION. The angle 0 = 01+02, where 01 and O2 are the angles defined by formula (16.5)
|
|
||||||
(see Problem 1), and it is simplest to calculate the tangent of 0. A consideration of the extrema
|
|
||||||
of the resulting expression gives the following ranges of 0, depending on the relative magni-
|
|
||||||
tudes of V, V10 and V20 (for definiteness, we assume V20 > V10): 0 0 77 if V10
|
|
||||||
< 0 < TT if V V V10, 0 < Oo if V > U20. The value of Oo is given by
|
|
||||||
sin =
|
|
||||||
§17. Elastic collisions
|
|
||||||
A collision between two particles is said to be elastic if it involves no change
|
|
||||||
in their internal state. Accordingly, when the law of conservation of energy
|
|
||||||
is applied to such a collision, the internal energy of the particles may be
|
|
||||||
neglected.
|
|
||||||
The collision is most simply described in a frame of reference in which the
|
|
||||||
centre of mass of the two particles is at rest (the C system). As in $16, we
|
|
||||||
distinguish by the suffix 0 the values of quantities in that system. The velo-
|
|
||||||
cities of the particles before the collision are related to their velocities V1 and
|
|
||||||
V2 in the laboratory system by V10 = M2V/(m1+m2), V20 = -m1V/(m1+m2),
|
|
||||||
where V = V1-V2; see (13.2).
|
|
||||||
Because of the law of conservation of momentum, the momenta of the two
|
|
||||||
particles remain equal and opposite after the collision, and are also unchanged
|
|
||||||
in magnitude, by the law of conservation of energy. Thus, in the C system
|
|
||||||
the collision simply rotates the velocities, which remain opposite in direction
|
|
||||||
and unchanged in magnitude. If we denote by no a unit vector in the direc-
|
|
||||||
tion of the velocity of the particle M1 after the collision, then the velocities
|
|
||||||
of the two particles after the collision (distinguished by primes) are
|
|
||||||
V10' m20120/(m1+m2), V20' = -mjono/(m1+m2).
|
|
||||||
(17.1)
|
|
||||||
§17
|
|
||||||
Elastic collisions
|
|
||||||
45
|
|
||||||
In order to return to the L system, we must add to these expressions the
|
|
||||||
velocity V of the centre of mass. The velocities in the L system after the
|
|
||||||
collision are therefore
|
|
||||||
V1' =
|
|
||||||
(17.2)
|
|
||||||
V2' =
|
|
||||||
No further information about the collision can be obtained from the laws
|
|
||||||
of conservation of momentum and energy. The direction of the vector no
|
|
||||||
depends on the law of interaction of the particles and on their relative position
|
|
||||||
during the collision.
|
|
||||||
The results obtained above may be interpreted geometrically. Here it is
|
|
||||||
more convenient to use momenta instead of velocities. Multiplying equations
|
|
||||||
(17.2) by M1 and M2 respectively, we obtain
|
|
||||||
(17.3)
|
|
||||||
P2' muno+m2(p1+p2)/(m1+m2)
|
|
||||||
where m = m1m2/(m1+m2) is the reduced mass. We draw a circle of radius
|
|
||||||
mv and use the construction shown in Fig. 15. If the unit vector no is along
|
|
||||||
OC, the vectors AC and CB give the momenta P1' and P2' respectively.
|
|
||||||
When p1 and P2 are given, the radius of the circle and the points A and B
|
|
||||||
are fixed, but the point C may be anywhere on the circle.
|
|
||||||
C
|
|
||||||
p'
|
|
||||||
no
|
|
||||||
P'2
|
|
||||||
B
|
|
||||||
A
|
|
||||||
FIG. 15
|
|
||||||
Let us consider in more detail the case where one of the particles (m2, say) is
|
|
||||||
at rest before the collision. In that case the distance OB = m2p1/(m1+m2) = mv
|
|
||||||
is equal to the radius, i.e. B lies on the circle. The vector AB is equal to the
|
|
||||||
momentum P1 of the particle M1 before the collision. The point A lies inside
|
|
||||||
or outside the circle, according as M1 < M2 or M1 > M2. The corresponding
|
|
||||||
46
|
|
||||||
Collisions Between Particles
|
|
||||||
§17
|
|
||||||
diagrams are shown in Figs. 16a, b. The angles 01 and O2 in these diagrams
|
|
||||||
are the angles between the directions of motion after the collision and the
|
|
||||||
direction of impact (i.e. of P1). The angle at the centre, denoted by X, which
|
|
||||||
gives the direction of no, is the angle through which the direction of motion
|
|
||||||
of m1 is turned in the C system. It is evident from the figure that 01 and O2
|
|
||||||
can be expressed in terms of X by
|
|
||||||
(17.4)
|
|
||||||
C
|
|
||||||
p'
|
|
||||||
P2
|
|
||||||
pi
|
|
||||||
P2
|
|
||||||
0
|
|
||||||
max
|
|
||||||
10,
|
|
||||||
X
|
|
||||||
O2
|
|
||||||
O2
|
|
||||||
B
|
|
||||||
B
|
|
||||||
A
|
|
||||||
0
|
|
||||||
A
|
|
||||||
Q
|
|
||||||
0
|
|
||||||
(a) m < m2
|
|
||||||
(b) m, m m m
|
|
||||||
AB=p : AO/OB= m/m2
|
|
||||||
FIG. 16
|
|
||||||
We may give also the formulae for the magnitudes of the velocities of the
|
|
||||||
two particles after the collision, likewise expressed in terms of X:
|
|
||||||
ib
|
|
||||||
(17.5)
|
|
||||||
The sum A1 + O2 is the angle between the directions of motion of the
|
|
||||||
particles after the collision. Evidently 01 + O2 > 1/1 if M1 < M2, and 01+O2 < 1st
|
|
||||||
if M1 > M2.
|
|
||||||
When the two particles are moving afterwards in the same or in opposite
|
|
||||||
directions (head-on collision), we have X=TT, i.e. the point C lies on the
|
|
||||||
diameter through A, and is on OA (Fig. 16b ; P1' and P2' in the same direc-
|
|
||||||
tion) or on OA produced (Fig. 16a; P1' and P2' in opposite directions).
|
|
||||||
In this case the velocities after the collision are
|
|
||||||
(17.6)
|
|
||||||
This value of V2' has the greatest possible magnitude, and the maximum
|
|
||||||
§17
|
|
||||||
Elastic collisions
|
|
||||||
47
|
|
||||||
energy which can be acquired in the collision by a particle originally at rest
|
|
||||||
is therefore
|
|
||||||
(17.7)
|
|
||||||
where E1 = 1M1U12 is the initial energy of the incident particle.
|
|
||||||
If M1 < M2, the velocity of M1 after the collision can have any direction.
|
|
||||||
If M1 > M2, however, this particle can be deflected only through an angle
|
|
||||||
not exceeding Omax from its original direction; this maximum value of A1
|
|
||||||
corresponds to the position of C for which AC is a tangent to the circle
|
|
||||||
(Fig. 16b). Evidently
|
|
||||||
sin Omax = OC|OA = M2/M1.
|
|
||||||
(17.8)
|
|
||||||
The collision of two particles of equal mass, of which one is initially at
|
|
||||||
rest, is especially simple. In this case both B and A lie on the circle (Fig. 17).
|
|
||||||
C
|
|
||||||
p'
|
|
||||||
P2
|
|
||||||
Q2
|
|
||||||
B
|
|
||||||
A
|
|
||||||
0
|
|
||||||
FIG. 17
|
|
||||||
Then
|
|
||||||
01=1x,
|
|
||||||
A2 = 1(-x),
|
|
||||||
(17.9)
|
|
||||||
12
|
|
||||||
=
|
|
||||||
(17.10)
|
|
||||||
After the collision the particles move at right angles to each other.
|
|
||||||
PROBLEM
|
|
||||||
Express the velocity of each particle after a collision between a moving particle (m1) and
|
|
||||||
another at rest (m2) in terms of their directions of motion in the L system.
|
|
||||||
SOLUTION. From Fig. 16 we have P2' = 20B cos O2 or V2' = 2v(m/m2) cos O2. The momen-
|
|
||||||
tum P1' = AC is given by OC2 = AO2tp12-2AO.p cos or
|
|
||||||
Hence
|
|
||||||
for m1 > M2 the radical may have either sign, but for M2 > M1 it must be taken positive.
|
|
||||||
48
|
|
||||||
Collisions Between Particles
|
|
||||||
§18
|
|
||||||
§18. Scattering
|
|
||||||
As already mentioned in §17, a complete calculation of the result of a
|
|
||||||
collision between two particles (i.e. the determination of the angle x) requires
|
|
||||||
the solution of the equations of motion for the particular law of interaction
|
|
||||||
involved.
|
|
||||||
We shall first consider the equivalent problem of the deflection of a single
|
|
||||||
particle of mass m moving in a field U(r) whose centre is at rest (and is at
|
|
||||||
the centre of mass of the two particles in the original problem).
|
|
||||||
As has been shown in $14, the path of a particle in a central field is sym-
|
|
||||||
metrical about a line from the centre to the nearest point in the orbit (OA
|
|
||||||
in Fig. 18). Hence the two asymptotes to the orbit make equal angles (o,
|
|
||||||
say) with this line. The angle X through which the particle is deflected as it
|
|
||||||
passes the centre is seen from Fig. 18 to be
|
|
||||||
X = -200.
|
|
||||||
(18.1)
|
|
||||||
A
|
|
||||||
X
|
|
||||||
to
|
|
||||||
FIG. 18
|
|
||||||
The angle do itself is given, according to (14.7), by
|
|
||||||
(M/r2) dr
|
|
||||||
(18.2)
|
|
||||||
taken between the nearest approach to the centre and infinity. It should be
|
|
||||||
recalled that rmin is a zero of the radicand.
|
|
||||||
For an infinite motion, such as that considered here, it is convenient to
|
|
||||||
use instead of the constants E and M the velocity Voo of the particle at infinity
|
|
||||||
and the impact parameter p. The latter is the length of the perpendicular
|
|
||||||
from the centre O to the direction of Voo, i.e. the distance at which the particle
|
|
||||||
would pass the centre if there were no field of force (Fig. 18). The energy
|
|
||||||
and the angular momentum are given in terms of these quantities by
|
|
||||||
E = 1mvoo²,
|
|
||||||
M = mpVoo,
|
|
||||||
(18.3)
|
|
||||||
§18
|
|
||||||
Scattering
|
|
||||||
49
|
|
||||||
and formula (18.2) becomes
|
|
||||||
dr
|
|
||||||
(18.4)
|
|
||||||
Together with (18.1), this gives X as a function of p.
|
|
||||||
In physical applications we are usually concerned not with the deflection
|
|
||||||
of a single particle but with the scattering of a beam of identical particles
|
|
||||||
incident with uniform velocity Voo on the scattering centre. The different
|
|
||||||
particles in the beam have different impact parameters and are therefore
|
|
||||||
scattered through different angles X. Let dN be the number of particles
|
|
||||||
scattered per unit time through angles between X and X + dx. This number
|
|
||||||
itself is not suitable for describing the scattering process, since it is propor-
|
|
||||||
tional to the density of the incident beam. We therefore use the ratio
|
|
||||||
do = dN/n,
|
|
||||||
(18.5)
|
|
||||||
where n is the number of particles passing in unit time through unit area of
|
|
||||||
the beam cross-section (the beam being assumed uniform over its cross-
|
|
||||||
section). This ratio has the dimensions of area and is called the effective
|
|
||||||
scattering cross-section. It is entirely determined by the form of the scattering
|
|
||||||
field and is the most important characteristic of the scattering process.
|
|
||||||
We shall suppose that the relation between X and P is one-to-one; this is
|
|
||||||
so if the angle of scattering is a monotonically decreasing function of the
|
|
||||||
impact parameter. In that case, only those particles whose impact parameters
|
|
||||||
lie between p(x) and p(x) + dp(x) are scattered at angles between X and
|
|
||||||
+ dx. The number of such particles is equal to the product of n and the
|
|
||||||
area between two circles of radii P and p+dp, i.e. dN = 2mp dp n. The
|
|
||||||
effective cross-section is therefore
|
|
||||||
do = 2mp dp.
|
|
||||||
(18.6)
|
|
||||||
In order to find the dependence of do on the angle of scattering, we need
|
|
||||||
only rewrite (18.6) as
|
|
||||||
do = 2(x)|dp(x)/dx|dx
|
|
||||||
(18.7)
|
|
||||||
Here we use the modulus of the derivative dp/dx, since the derivative may
|
|
||||||
be (and usually is) negative. t Often do is referred to the solid angle element
|
|
||||||
do instead of the plane angle element dx. The solid angle between cones
|
|
||||||
with vertical angles X and x+dx is do = 2n sin x dx. Hence we have from
|
|
||||||
(18.7)
|
|
||||||
do.
|
|
||||||
(18.8)
|
|
||||||
t If the function p(x) is many-valued, we must obviously take the sum of such expressions
|
|
||||||
as (18.7) over all the branches of this function.
|
|
||||||
50
|
|
||||||
Collisions Between Particles
|
|
||||||
§18
|
|
||||||
Returning now to the problem of the scattering of a beam of particles, not
|
|
||||||
by a fixed centre of force, but by other particles initially at rest, we can say
|
|
||||||
that (18.7) gives the effective cross-section as a function of the angle of
|
|
||||||
scattering in the centre-of-mass system. To find the corresponding expression
|
|
||||||
as a function of the scattering angle 0 in the laboratory system, we must
|
|
||||||
express X in (18.7) in terms of 0 by means of formulae (17.4). This gives
|
|
||||||
expressions for both the scattering cross-section for the incident beam of
|
|
||||||
particles (x in terms of 01) and that for the particles initially at rest (x in terms
|
|
||||||
of O2).
|
|
||||||
PROBLEMS
|
|
||||||
PROBLEM 1. Determine the effective cross-section for scattering of particles from a perfectly
|
|
||||||
rigid sphere of radius a (i.e. when the interaction is such that U = 8 for r < a and U = 0
|
|
||||||
for r>a).
|
|
||||||
SOLUTION. Since a particle moves freely outside the sphere and cannot penetrate into it,
|
|
||||||
the path consists of two straight lines symmetrical about the radius to the point where the
|
|
||||||
particle strikes the sphere (Fig. 19). It is evident from Fig. 19 that
|
|
||||||
a sin to = a sin 1(-x) = a cos 1x.
|
|
||||||
A
|
|
||||||
to
|
|
||||||
p
|
|
||||||
&
|
|
||||||
FIG. 19
|
|
||||||
Substituting in (18.7) or (18.8), we have
|
|
||||||
do = 1ma2 sin X do,
|
|
||||||
(1)
|
|
||||||
i.e. the scattering is isotropic in the C system. On integrating do over all angles, we find that
|
|
||||||
the total cross-section o = na2, in accordance with the fact that the "impact area" which the
|
|
||||||
particle must strike in order to be scattered is simply the cross-sectional area of the sphere.
|
|
||||||
In order to change to the L system, X must be expressed in terms of 01 by (17.4). The
|
|
||||||
calculations are entirely similar to those of $16, Problem 2, on account of the formal resemb-
|
|
||||||
lance between formulae (17.4) and (16.5). For M1 < m2 (where M1 is the mass of the particle
|
|
||||||
and m2 that of the sphere) we have
|
|
||||||
do1,
|
|
||||||
where do1 = 2n sin 01 d01. If, on the other hand, M2 < M1, then
|
|
||||||
For m1 = M2, we have do = a²|cos 01| do1, which can also be obtained directly by sub-
|
|
||||||
stituting X = 201 from (17.9) in (1).
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,3 +1,26 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 17-elastic-collisions
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
form the sum of their squares, which is unity. Since V10/2.20 = m2/m1, we have finally, using
|
||||||
|
(16.2),
|
||||||
|
(m2/m1) sin202+(m1/m2) sin201-2 sin O1 sin O2 cos(A1+6
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. Find the angular distribution of the resulting particles in the L system.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. When vo > V, we substitute (16.6), with the plus sign of the radical, in (16.7),
|
||||||
|
obtaining
|
||||||
|
(0 .
|
||||||
|
When vo < V, both possible relations between Oo and 0 must be taken into account. Since,
|
||||||
|
when 0 increases, one value of Oo increases and the other decreases, the difference (not the
|
||||||
|
sum) of the expressions d cos Oo with the two signs of the radical in (16.6) must be taken.
|
||||||
|
The result is
|
||||||
|
(0 max).
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 3. Determine the range of possible values of the angle 0 between the directions
|
||||||
|
of motion of the two resulting particles in the L system.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The angle 0 = 01+02, where 01 and O2 are the angles defined by formula (16.5)
|
||||||
|
(see Problem 1), and it is simplest to calculate the tangent of 0. A consideration of the extrema
|
||||||
|
of the resulting expression gives the following ranges of 0, depending on the relative magni-
|
||||||
|
tudes of V, V10 and V20 (for definiteness, we assume V20 > V10): 0 0 77 if V10
|
||||||
|
< 0 < TT if V V V10, 0 < Oo if V > U20. The value of Oo is given by
|
||||||
|
sin =
|
||||||
§17. Elastic collisions
|
§17. Elastic collisions
|
||||||
A collision between two particles is said to be elastic if it involves no change
|
A collision between two particles is said to be elastic if it involves no change
|
||||||
in their internal state. Accordingly, when the law of conservation of energy
|
in their internal state. Accordingly, when the law of conservation of energy
|
||||||
|
|
@ -138,3 +161,5 @@ SOLUTION. From Fig. 16 we have P2' = 20B cos O2 or V2' = 2v(m/m2) cos O2. The mo
|
||||||
tum P1' = AC is given by OC2 = AO2tp12-2AO.p cos or
|
tum P1' = AC is given by OC2 = AO2tp12-2AO.p cos or
|
||||||
Hence
|
Hence
|
||||||
for m1 > M2 the radical may have either sign, but for M2 > M1 it must be taken positive.
|
for m1 > M2 the radical may have either sign, but for M2 > M1 it must be taken positive.
|
||||||
|
48
|
||||||
|
Collisions Between Particles
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -1,4 +1,6 @@
|
||||||
§18
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 18-scattering
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
§18. Scattering
|
§18. Scattering
|
||||||
As already mentioned in §17, a complete calculation of the result of a
|
As already mentioned in §17, a complete calculation of the result of a
|
||||||
collision between two particles (i.e. the determination of the angle x) requires
|
collision between two particles (i.e. the determination of the angle x) requires
|
||||||
|
|
@ -115,3 +117,80 @@ do1,
|
||||||
where do1 = 2n sin 01 d01. If, on the other hand, M2 < M1, then
|
where do1 = 2n sin 01 d01. If, on the other hand, M2 < M1, then
|
||||||
For m1 = M2, we have do = a²|cos 01| do1, which can also be obtained directly by sub-
|
For m1 = M2, we have do = a²|cos 01| do1, which can also be obtained directly by sub-
|
||||||
stituting X = 201 from (17.9) in (1).
|
stituting X = 201 from (17.9) in (1).
|
||||||
|
§18
|
||||||
|
Scattering
|
||||||
|
51
|
||||||
|
For a sphere originally at rest, X = n-202 in all cases, and substitution in (1) gives
|
||||||
|
do2 = a2|cos 02 do2.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. Express the effective cross-section (Problem 1) as a function of the energy E
|
||||||
|
lost by a scattered particle.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The energy lost by a particle of mass M1 is equal to that gained by the sphere of
|
||||||
|
mass M2. From (17.5) and (17.7), € = E2' = [2m22m2/(m1+m2)2] voo2 sin21x = Emax sin21x,
|
||||||
|
whence de = 1 mex sin X dx; substituting in (1), Problem 1, we have do = na2 de/emax. The
|
||||||
|
scattered particles are uniformly distributed with respect to € in the range from zero to
|
||||||
|
Emax.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 3. Find the effective cross-section as a function of the velocity Uoo for particles
|
||||||
|
scattered in a field U -rrn.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. According to (10.3), if the potential energy is a homogeneous function of order
|
||||||
|
k = -n, then similar paths are such that p ~v-2/n, or p = Voo-2/nf(x), the angles of deflec-
|
||||||
|
tion X being equal for similar paths. Substitution in (18.6) gives do ~ Voo-4/n do.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 4. Determine the effective cross-section for a particle to "fall" to the centre of
|
||||||
|
a field U = -a/r2.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The particles which "fall" to the centre are those for which 2a > mp20002 (see
|
||||||
|
(14.11)), i.e. for which the impact parameter does not exceed Pmax = (2a/mvoo). The
|
||||||
|
effective cross-section is therefore o = Pmax2 = 2na/mvo².
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 5. The same as Problem 4, but for a field U = -a/rn (n 2, a > 0).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The effective potential energy Ueff = depends on r in the
|
||||||
|
manner shown in Fig. 20. Its maximum value is
|
||||||
|
Ueff
|
||||||
|
U0
|
||||||
|
FIG. 20
|
||||||
|
The particles which "fall" to the centre are those for which U0 < E. The condition U0 = E
|
||||||
|
gives Pmax, whence
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 6. Determine the effective cross-section for particles of mass m1 to strike a sphere
|
||||||
|
of mass m2 and radius R to which they are attracted in accordance with Newton's law.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The condition for a particle to reach the sphere is that rmin < R, where r'min
|
||||||
|
is the point on the path which is nearest to the centre of the sphere. The greatest possible
|
||||||
|
value of P is given by rmin = R; this is equivalent to Ueff(R) = E or
|
||||||
|
= , where a = ymim2 (2 being the gravitational constant) and we have put m 22 M1 on
|
||||||
|
the assumption that m2 > M1. Solving for pmax2, we finally obtain o = mR2(1+2ym2/Rvv3).
|
||||||
|
52
|
||||||
|
Collisions Between Particles
|
||||||
|
§18
|
||||||
|
When
|
||||||
|
Voo
|
||||||
|
8 the effective cross-section tends, of course, to the geometrical cross-section
|
||||||
|
of the sphere.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 7. Deduce the form of a scattering field U(r), given the effective cross-section
|
||||||
|
as a function of the angle of scattering for a given energy E. It is assumed that U(r) decreases
|
||||||
|
monotonically with r (a repulsive field), with U(0) > E and U(00) = 0 (O. B. FIRSOV 1953).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. Integration of do with respect to the scattering angle gives, according to the
|
||||||
|
formula
|
||||||
|
(1)
|
||||||
|
the square of the impact parameter, so that p(x) (and therefore x(p)) is known.
|
||||||
|
We put
|
||||||
|
s=1/r,
|
||||||
|
=1/p2,
|
||||||
|
[[1-(U|E)]
|
||||||
|
(2)
|
||||||
|
Then formulae (18.1), (18.2) become
|
||||||
|
1/
|
||||||
|
(3)
|
||||||
|
where so(x) is the root of the equation xw2(so)-so2 = 0.
|
||||||
|
Equation (3) is an integral equation for the function w(s), and may be solved by a method
|
||||||
|
similar to that used in $12. Dividing both sides of (3) by (a-x) and integrating with respect
|
||||||
|
to x from zero to a, we find
|
||||||
|
so(a)
|
||||||
|
dx ds
|
||||||
|
so(a)
|
||||||
|
ds
|
||||||
|
or, integrating by parts on the left-hand side,
|
||||||
|
This relation is differentiated with respect to a, and then so(a) is replaced by s simply;
|
||||||
|
accordingly a is replaced by s2/w2, and the result is, in differential form,
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(11/20)
|
||||||
|
or
|
||||||
|
dx
|
||||||
|
This equation can be integrated immediately if the order of integration on the right-hand
|
||||||
|
side is inverted. Since for S = 0 (i.e. r oo) we must have W = 1 (i.e. U = 0), we have,
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 19-rutherfords-formula
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
Rutherford's formula
|
||||||
|
53
|
||||||
|
on returning to the original variables r and P, the following two equivalent forms of the final
|
||||||
|
result:
|
||||||
|
=====
|
||||||
|
(dx/dp)
|
||||||
|
(4)
|
||||||
|
This formula determines implicitly the function w(r) (and therefore U(r)) for all r > rmin,
|
||||||
|
i.e. in the range of r which can be reached by a scattered particle of given energy E.
|
||||||
|
§19. Rutherford's formula
|
||||||
|
One of the most important applications of the formulae derived above is
|
||||||
|
to the scattering of charged particles in a Coulomb field. Putting in (18.4)
|
||||||
|
U = a/r and effecting the elementary integration, we obtain
|
||||||
|
whence p2 = (a2/m2voo4) tan2oo, or, putting 00 = 1(-) from (18.1),
|
||||||
|
p2 =
|
||||||
|
(19.1)
|
||||||
|
Differentiating this expression with respect to X and substituting in (18.7)
|
||||||
|
or (18.8) gives
|
||||||
|
do = (a/v2cosxdx/sin31
|
||||||
|
(19.2)
|
||||||
|
or
|
||||||
|
do =
|
||||||
|
(19.3)
|
||||||
|
This is Rutherford's formula. It may be noted that the effective cross-section
|
||||||
|
is independent of the sign of a, so that the result is equally valid for repulsive
|
||||||
|
and attractive Coulomb fields.
|
||||||
|
Formula (19.3) gives the effective cross-section in the frame of reference
|
||||||
|
in which the centre of mass of the colliding particles is at rest. The trans-
|
||||||
|
formation to the laboratory system is effected by means of formulae (17.4).
|
||||||
|
For particles initially at rest we substitute X = 77 - 202 in (19.2) and obtain
|
||||||
|
do2 = 2n(a/mvoo2)2 sin de2/cos302
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(19.4)
|
||||||
|
The same transformation for the incident particles leads, in general, to a very
|
||||||
|
complex formula, and we shall merely note two particular cases.
|
||||||
|
If the mass M2 of the scattering particle is large compared with the mass
|
||||||
|
M1 of the scattered particle, then X 2 O1 and m 22 M1, SO that
|
||||||
|
do1 = = (a/4E1)2do1/sin4301
|
||||||
|
(19.5)
|
||||||
|
where E1 = 1M1U..02 is the energy of the incident particle.
|
||||||
|
54
|
||||||
|
Collisions Between Particles
|
||||||
|
§ 19
|
||||||
|
If the masses of the two particles are equal (m1 = M2, m = 1M1), then by
|
||||||
|
(17.9) X = 201, and substitution in (19.2) gives
|
||||||
|
do1 = 2(/E1)2 cos 01 d01/sin³01
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(19.6)
|
||||||
|
If the particles are entirely identical, that which was initially at rest cannot
|
||||||
|
be distinguished after the collision. The total effective cross-section for all
|
||||||
|
particles is obtained by adding do1 and do2, and replacing A1 and O2 by their
|
||||||
|
common value 0:
|
||||||
|
do
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
do.
|
||||||
|
(19.7)
|
||||||
|
Let us return to the general formula (19.2) and use it to determine the
|
||||||
|
distribution of the scattered particles with respect to the energy lost in the
|
||||||
|
collision. When the masses of the scattered (m1) and scattering (m2) particles
|
||||||
|
are arbitrary, the velocity acquired by the latter is given in terms of the angle
|
||||||
|
of scattering in the C system by V2' = [2m1/(m1+m2)]%"00 sin 1x; see (17.5).
|
||||||
|
The energy acquired by M2 and lost by M1 is therefore E = 1M2U2'2
|
||||||
|
= (2m2/m2)/0002 sin21x. Expressing sin 1x in terms of E and substituting
|
||||||
|
in (19.2), we obtain
|
||||||
|
do = de/e2.
|
||||||
|
(19.8)
|
||||||
|
This is the required formula: it gives the effective cross-section as a function
|
||||||
|
of the energy loss E, which takes values from zero to Emax = 2m2voo2/m2.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEMS
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 1. Find the effective cross-section for scattering in a field U = a/r2 (a > 0).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The angle of deflection is
|
||||||
|
The effective cross-section is
|
||||||
|
do
|
||||||
|
sin
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. Find the effective cross-section for scattering by a spherical "potential well"
|
||||||
|
of radius a and "depth" U0 (i.e. a field with U = 0 for r > a and U = - U0 for r < a).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The particle moves in a straight line which is "refracted" on entering and leav- -
|
||||||
|
ing the well. According to §7, Problem, the angle of incidence a and the angle of refraction
|
||||||
|
B (Fig. 21) are such that sin x/sin B = n, where n = W(1+2U0/mVo2). The angle of deflection
|
||||||
|
is X = 2(a-B). Hence
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
Eliminating a from this equation and the relation a sin a p, which is evident from the
|
||||||
|
diagram, we find the relation between P and X:
|
||||||
|
cos
|
||||||
|
1x
|
||||||
117
1/20-small-angle-scattering.md
Normal file
117
1/20-small-angle-scattering.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 20-small-angle-scattering
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
Small-angle scattering
|
||||||
|
55
|
||||||
|
Finally, differentiating, we have the effective cross-section
|
||||||
|
cos
|
||||||
|
do.
|
||||||
|
The angle X varies from zero (for p=0) to Xmax (for P = a), where cos 1xmax = 1/n.
|
||||||
|
The total effective cross-section, obtained by integrating do over all angles within the cone
|
||||||
|
Xmax, is, of course, equal to the geometrical cross-section 2
|
||||||
|
a
|
||||||
|
to
|
||||||
|
a
|
||||||
|
FIG. 21
|
||||||
|
§20. Small-angle scattering
|
||||||
|
The calculation of the effective cross-section is much simplified if only
|
||||||
|
those collisions are considered for which the impact parameter is large, so
|
||||||
|
that the field U is weak and the angles of deflection are small. The calculation
|
||||||
|
can be carried out in the laboratory system, and the centre-of-mass system
|
||||||
|
need not be used.
|
||||||
|
We take the x-axis in the direction of the initial momentum of the scattered
|
||||||
|
particle M1, and the xy-plane in the plane of scattering. Denoting by P1' the
|
||||||
|
momentum of the particle after scattering, we evidently have sin 01 = P1y'/P1'.
|
||||||
|
For small deflections, sin 01 may be approximately replaced by 01, and P1' in
|
||||||
|
the denominator by the initial momentum P1 = MIUoo:
|
||||||
|
(20.1)
|
||||||
|
Next, since Py = Fy, the total increment of momentum in the y-direction is
|
||||||
|
(20.2)
|
||||||
|
The
|
||||||
|
force Fy = - JULY (dU/dr)dr/dy = (dU/dr)y/r.
|
||||||
|
Since the integral (20.2) already contains the small quantity U, it can be
|
||||||
|
calculated, in the same approximation, by assuming that the particle is not
|
||||||
|
deflected at all from its initial path, i.e. that it moves in a straight line y = p
|
||||||
|
with uniform velocity Voo. Thus we put in (20.2) Fy = - (dU/dr)p/r,
|
||||||
|
dt = dx/voo. The result is
|
||||||
|
56
|
||||||
|
Collisions Between Particles
|
||||||
|
§20
|
||||||
|
Finally, we change the integration over x to one over r. Since, for a straight
|
||||||
|
path, r2 = x2+p2, when x varies from - 00 to + 80, r varies from 8 to P
|
||||||
|
and back. The integral over x therefore becomes twice the integral over r
|
||||||
|
from p to 80, and dx = r dr/v(r2-p2). The angle of scattering O1 is thus
|
||||||
|
given byt
|
||||||
|
(20.3)
|
||||||
|
and this is the form of the function 01(p) for small deflections. The effective
|
||||||
|
cross-section for scattering (in the L system) is obtained from (18.8) with 01
|
||||||
|
instead of X, where sin 01 may now be replaced by A1:
|
||||||
|
(20.4)
|
||||||
|
PROBLEMS
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 1. Derive formula (20.3) from (18.4).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. In order to avoid spurious divergences, we write (18.4) in the form
|
||||||
|
PO
|
||||||
|
and take as the upper limit some large finite quantity R, afterwards taking the value as R
|
||||||
|
00.
|
||||||
|
Since U is small, we expand the square root in powers of U, and approximately replace
|
||||||
|
rmin by p:
|
||||||
|
dr
|
||||||
|
The first integral tends to 1/11 as R 00. The second integral is integrated by parts, giving
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
This is equivalent to (20.3).
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. Determine the effective cross-section for small-angle scattering in a field
|
||||||
|
U=a/m(n) 0).
|
||||||
|
t If the above derivation is applied in the C system, the expression obtained for X is the
|
||||||
|
same with m in place of M1, in accordance with the fact that the small angles 01 and X are
|
||||||
|
related by (see (17.4)) 01 = m2x/(m1 +m2).
|
||||||
|
§20
|
||||||
|
Small-angle scattering
|
||||||
|
57
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. From (20.3) we have
|
||||||
|
dr
|
||||||
|
The substitution p2/r2 = U converts the integral to a beta function, which can be expressed
|
||||||
|
in terms of gamma functions:
|
||||||
|
Expressing P in terms of 01 and substituting in (20.4), we obtain
|
||||||
|
do1.
|
||||||
|
3
|
||||||
|
CHAPTER V
|
||||||
|
SMALL OSCILLATIONS
|
||||||
|
$21. Free oscillations in one dimension
|
||||||
|
A VERY common form of motion of mechanical systems is what are called
|
||||||
|
small oscillations of a system about a position of stable equilibrium. We shall
|
||||||
|
consider first of all the simplest case, that of a system with only one degree
|
||||||
|
of freedom.
|
||||||
|
Stable equilibrium corresponds to a position of the system in which its
|
||||||
|
potential energy U(q) is a minimum. A movement away from this position
|
||||||
|
results in the setting up of a force - dU/dq which tends to return the system
|
||||||
|
to equilibrium. Let the equilibrium value of the generalised co-ordinate
|
||||||
|
q be 90. For small deviations from the equilibrium position, it is sufficient
|
||||||
|
to retain the first non-vanishing term in the expansion of the difference
|
||||||
|
U(q) - U(90) in powers of q-qo. In general this is the second-order term:
|
||||||
|
U(q) - U(q0) 112 1k(q-90)2, where k is a positive coefficient, the value of the
|
||||||
|
second derivative U"(q) for q = 90. We shall measure the potential energy
|
||||||
|
from its minimum value, i.e. put U(qo) = 0, and use the symbol
|
||||||
|
x = q-90
|
||||||
|
(21.1)
|
||||||
|
for the deviation of the co-ordinate from its equilibrium value. Thus
|
||||||
|
U(x) = .
|
||||||
|
(21.2)
|
||||||
|
The kinetic energy of a system with one degree of freedom is in general
|
||||||
|
of the form 1a(q)q2 = 1a(q)x2. In the same approximation, it is sufficient to
|
||||||
|
replace the function a(q) by its value at q = qo. Putting for brevity a(go) = m,
|
||||||
|
we have the following expression for the Lagrangian of a system executing
|
||||||
|
small oscillations in one dimension:
|
||||||
|
L = 1mx2-1kx2.
|
||||||
|
(21.3)
|
||||||
|
The corresponding equation of motion is
|
||||||
|
m+kx=0,
|
||||||
|
(21.4)
|
||||||
|
or
|
||||||
|
w2x=0,
|
||||||
|
(21.5)
|
||||||
|
where
|
||||||
|
w= ((k/m).
|
||||||
|
(21.6)
|
||||||
|
+ It should be noticed that m is the mass only if x is the Cartesian co-ordinate.
|
||||||
|
+ Such a system is often called a one-dimensional oscillator.
|
||||||
|
58
|
||||||
80
1/21-free-oscillations-in-one-dimension.md
Normal file
80
1/21-free-oscillations-in-one-dimension.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 21-free-oscillations-in-one-dimension
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
Free oscillations in one dimension
|
||||||
|
59
|
||||||
|
Two independent solutions of the linear differential equation (21.5) are
|
||||||
|
cos wt and sin wt, and its general solution is therefore
|
||||||
|
COS wt +C2 sin wt.
|
||||||
|
(21.7)
|
||||||
|
This expression can also be written
|
||||||
|
x = a cos(wt + a).
|
||||||
|
(21.8)
|
||||||
|
Since cos(wt+a) = cos wt cos a - sin wt sin a, a comparison with (21.7)
|
||||||
|
shows that the arbitrary constants a and a are related to C1 and C2 by
|
||||||
|
tan a = - C2/C1.
|
||||||
|
(21.9)
|
||||||
|
Thus, near a position of stable equilibrium, a system executes harmonic
|
||||||
|
oscillations. The coefficient a of the periodic factor in (21.8) is called the
|
||||||
|
amplitude of the oscillations, and the argument of the cosine is their phase;
|
||||||
|
a is the initial value of the phase, and evidently depends on the choice of
|
||||||
|
the origin of time. The quantity w is called the angular frequency of the oscil-
|
||||||
|
lations; in theoretical physics, however, it is usually called simply the fre-
|
||||||
|
quency, and we shall use this name henceforward.
|
||||||
|
The frequency is a fundamental characteristic of the oscillations, and is
|
||||||
|
independent of the initial conditions of the motion. According to formula
|
||||||
|
(21.6) it is entirely determined by the properties of the mechanical system
|
||||||
|
itself. It should be emphasised, however, that this property of the frequency
|
||||||
|
depends on the assumption that the oscillations are small, and ceases to hold
|
||||||
|
in higher approximations. Mathematically, it depends on the fact that the
|
||||||
|
potential energy is a quadratic function of the co-ordinate.
|
||||||
|
The energy of a system executing small oscillations is E =
|
||||||
|
= 1m(x2+w2x2) or, substituting (21.8),
|
||||||
|
E =
|
||||||
|
(21.10)
|
||||||
|
It is proportional to the square of the amplitude.
|
||||||
|
The time dependence of the co-ordinate of an oscillating system is often
|
||||||
|
conveniently represented as the real part of a complex expression:
|
||||||
|
x = re[A exp(iwt)],
|
||||||
|
(21.11)
|
||||||
|
where A is a complex constant; putting
|
||||||
|
A = a exp(ix),
|
||||||
|
(21.12)
|
||||||
|
we return to the expression (21.8). The constant A is called the complex
|
||||||
|
amplitude; its modulus is the ordinary amplitude, and its argument is the
|
||||||
|
initial phase.
|
||||||
|
The use of exponential factors is mathematically simpler than that of
|
||||||
|
trigonometrical ones because they are unchanged in form by differentiation.
|
||||||
|
t It therefore does not hold good if the function U(x) has at x = 0 a minimum of
|
||||||
|
higher order, i.e. U ~ xn with n > 2; see §11, Problem 2(a).
|
||||||
|
60
|
||||||
|
Small Oscillations
|
||||||
|
§21
|
||||||
|
So long as all the operations concerned are linear (addition, multiplication
|
||||||
|
by constants, differentiation, integration), we may omit the sign re through-
|
||||||
|
out and take the real part of the final result.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEMS
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 1. Express the amplitude and initial phase of the oscillations in terms of the
|
||||||
|
initial co-ordinate xo and velocity vo.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. a = (xx2+002/w2), tan a = -vo/wxo.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. Find the ratio of frequencies w and w' of the oscillations of two diatomic
|
||||||
|
molecules consisting of atoms of different isotopes, the masses of the atoms being M1, m2 and
|
||||||
|
'M1', m2'.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. Since the atoms of the isotopes interact in the same way, we have k = k'.
|
||||||
|
The coefficients m in the kinetic energies of the molecules are their reduced masses. Accord-
|
||||||
|
ing to (21.6) we therefore have
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 3. Find the frequency of oscillations of a particle of mass m which is free to
|
||||||
|
move along a line and is attached to a spring whose other end is fixed at a point A (Fig. 22)
|
||||||
|
at a distance l from the line. A force F is required to extend the spring to length l.
|
||||||
|
A
|
||||||
|
X
|
||||||
|
FIG. 22
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The potential energy of the spring is (to within higher-order terms) equal to
|
||||||
|
the force F multiplied by the extension Sl of the spring. For x < l we have 81 = (12++2) -
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
x2/21, so that U = Fx2/21. Since the kinetic energy is 1mx2, we have = V(F/ml).
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 4. The same as Problem 3, but for a particle of mass m moving on a circle of
|
||||||
|
radius r (Fig. 23).
|
||||||
|
m
|
||||||
|
&
|
||||||
|
FIG. 23
|
||||||
171
1/22-forced-oscillations.md
Normal file
171
1/22-forced-oscillations.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 22-forced-oscillations
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
Forced oscillations
|
||||||
|
61
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. In this case the extension of the spring is (if
|
||||||
|
= cos
|
||||||
|
The kinetic energy is T = 1mr2o2, and the frequency is therefore w = V[F(++1)/mrl].
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 5. Find the frequency of oscillations of the pendulum shown in Fig. 2 (§5),
|
||||||
|
whose point of support carries a mass M1 and is free to move horizontally.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. For < 1 the formula derived in $14, Problem 3 gives
|
||||||
|
T
|
||||||
|
Hence
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 6. Determine the form of a curve such that the frequency of oscillations of a
|
||||||
|
particle on it under the force of gravity is independent of the amplitude.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The curve satisfying the given condition is one for which the potential energy
|
||||||
|
of a particle moving on it is U = 1ks2, where s is the length of the arc from the position of
|
||||||
|
equilibrium. The kinetic energy T = 1ms2, where m is the mass of the particle, and the fre-
|
||||||
|
quency is then w = (k/m) whatever the initial value of S.
|
||||||
|
In a gravitational field U = mgy, where y is the vertical co-ordinate. Hence we have
|
||||||
|
1ks2 = mgy or y = w2s2/2g. But ds2 = dx2+dy², whence
|
||||||
|
dy = SV[(g/2w2y)-1] dy.
|
||||||
|
The integration is conveniently effected by means of the substitution y = g(1-cos E)/4ww,
|
||||||
|
which yields x = g(s+sin 5)/4w2. These two equations give, in parametric form, the equation
|
||||||
|
of the required curve, which is a cycloid.
|
||||||
|
$22. Forced oscillations
|
||||||
|
Let us now consider oscillations of a system on which a variable external
|
||||||
|
force acts. These are called forced oscillations, whereas those discussed in
|
||||||
|
§21 are free oscillations. Since the oscillations are again supposed small, it
|
||||||
|
is implied that the external field is weak, because otherwise it could cause the
|
||||||
|
displacement x to take too large values.
|
||||||
|
The system now has, besides the potential energy 1kx2, the additional
|
||||||
|
potential energy Ue(x, t) resulting from the external field. Expanding this
|
||||||
|
additional term as a series of powers of the small quantity x, we have
|
||||||
|
Ue(x, t) 12 x[dUe/dx]x_0. The first term is a function of time only,
|
||||||
|
and may therefore be omitted from the Lagrangian, as being the total time
|
||||||
|
derivative of another function of time. In the second term - [dUe/dx]x_0 is
|
||||||
|
the external "force" acting on the system in the equilibrium position, and
|
||||||
|
is a given function of time, which we denote by F(t). Thus the potential
|
||||||
|
energy involves a further term -xF(t), and the Lagrangian of the system
|
||||||
|
is
|
||||||
|
L
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(22.1)
|
||||||
|
The corresponding equation of motion is m+kx = F(t) or
|
||||||
|
(22.2)
|
||||||
|
where we have again introduced the frequency w of the free oscillations.
|
||||||
|
The general solution of this inhomogeneous linear differential equation
|
||||||
|
with constant coefficients is x = xo+x1, where xo is the general solution of
|
||||||
|
62
|
||||||
|
Small Oscillations
|
||||||
|
§22
|
||||||
|
the corresponding homogeneous equation and X1 is a particular integral of
|
||||||
|
the inhomogeneous equation. In the present case xo represents the free
|
||||||
|
oscillations discussed in $21.
|
||||||
|
Let us consider a case of especial interest, where the external force is itself
|
||||||
|
a simple periodic function of time, of some frequency y:
|
||||||
|
F(t) = f cos(yt+)).
|
||||||
|
(22.3)
|
||||||
|
We seek a particular integral of equation (22.2) in the form X1 = b cos(yt+B),
|
||||||
|
with the same periodic factor. Substitution in that equation gives
|
||||||
|
b = f/m(w2-r2); adding the solution of the homogeneous equation, we
|
||||||
|
obtain the general integral in the form
|
||||||
|
(22.4)
|
||||||
|
The arbitrary constants a and a are found from the initial conditions.
|
||||||
|
Thus a system under the action of a periodic force executes a motion which
|
||||||
|
is a combination of two oscillations, one with the intrinsic frequency w of
|
||||||
|
the system and one with the frequency y of the force.
|
||||||
|
The solution (22.4) is not valid when resonance occurs, i.e. when the fre-
|
||||||
|
quency y of the external force is equal to the intrinsic frequency w of the
|
||||||
|
system. To find the general solution of the equation of motion in this case,
|
||||||
|
we rewrite (22.4) as
|
||||||
|
x
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
a
|
||||||
|
where a now has a different value. Asy->w, the second term is indetermin-
|
||||||
|
ate, of the form 0/0. Resolving the indeterminacy by L'Hospital's rule, we
|
||||||
|
have
|
||||||
|
x = acos(wt+a)+(f/2mw)tsin(wt+B). =
|
||||||
|
(22.5)
|
||||||
|
Thus the amplitude of oscillations in resonance increases linearly with the
|
||||||
|
time (until the oscillations are no longer small and the whole theory given
|
||||||
|
above becomes invalid).
|
||||||
|
Let us also ascertain the nature of small oscillations near resonance, when
|
||||||
|
y w+E with E a small quantity. We put the general solution in the com-
|
||||||
|
plex form
|
||||||
|
= A exp(iwt) exp[i(w+t)) = [A+B exp(iet)]exp(ist)
|
||||||
|
(22.6)
|
||||||
|
Since the quantity A+B exp(iet) varies only slightly over the period 2n/w
|
||||||
|
of the factor exp(iwt), the motion near resonance may be regarded as small
|
||||||
|
oscillations of variable amplitude.t Denoting this amplitude by C, we have
|
||||||
|
= A B exp(iet)|. Writing A and B in the form a exp(ix) and b exp(iB)
|
||||||
|
respectively, we obtain
|
||||||
|
(22.7)
|
||||||
|
t The "constant" term in the phase of the oscillation also varies.
|
||||||
|
§22
|
||||||
|
Forced oscillations
|
||||||
|
63
|
||||||
|
Thus the amplitude varies periodically with frequency E between the limits
|
||||||
|
|a-b a+b. This phenomenon is called beats.
|
||||||
|
The equation of motion (22.2) can be integrated in a general form for an
|
||||||
|
arbitrary external force F(t). This is easily done by rewriting the equation
|
||||||
|
as
|
||||||
|
or
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(22.8)
|
||||||
|
where
|
||||||
|
s=xtiwx
|
||||||
|
(22.9)
|
||||||
|
is a complex quantity. Equation (22.8) is of the first order. Its solution when
|
||||||
|
the right-hand side is replaced by zero is $ = A exp(iwt) with constant A.
|
||||||
|
As before, we seek a solution of the inhomogeneous equation in the form
|
||||||
|
$ = A(t) exp(iwt), obtaining for the function A(t) the equation À(t)
|
||||||
|
= F(t) exp(-iwt)/m. Integration gives the solution of (22.9):
|
||||||
|
& = -
|
||||||
|
(22.10)
|
||||||
|
where the constant of integration so is the value of $ at the instant t = 0.
|
||||||
|
This is the required general solution; the function x(t) is given by the imagin-
|
||||||
|
ary part of (22.10), divided by w.t
|
||||||
|
The energy of a system executing forced oscillations is naturally not con-
|
||||||
|
served, since the system gains energy from the source of the external field.
|
||||||
|
Let us determine the total energy transmitted to the system during all time,
|
||||||
|
assuming its initial energy to be zero. According to formula (22.10), with
|
||||||
|
the lower limit of integration - 00 instead of zero and with ( - 00) = 0,
|
||||||
|
we have for t
|
||||||
|
00
|
||||||
|
exp(-iwt)dt|
|
||||||
|
The energy of the system is
|
||||||
|
E = 1m(x2+w2x2)= = 1ME2.
|
||||||
|
(22.11)
|
||||||
|
Substituting we obtain the energy transferred
|
||||||
|
(22.12)
|
||||||
|
t The force F(t) must, of course, be written in real form.
|
||||||
|
64
|
||||||
|
Small Oscillations
|
||||||
|
§22
|
||||||
|
it is determined by the squared modulus of the Fourier component of the
|
||||||
|
force F(t) whose frequency is the intrinsic frequency of the system.
|
||||||
|
In particular, if the external force acts only during a time short in com-
|
||||||
|
parison with 1/w, we can put exp(-iwt) Ill 1. Then
|
||||||
|
This result is obvious: it expresses the fact that a force of short duration
|
||||||
|
gives the system a momentum I F dt without bringing about a perceptible
|
||||||
|
displacement.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEMS
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 1. Determine the forced oscillations of a system under a force F(t) of the follow-
|
||||||
|
ing forms, if at time t = 0 the system is at rest in equilibrium (x = x = 0): (a) F = Fo,
|
||||||
|
a constant, (b) F = at, (c) F = Fo exp(-at), (d) F = Fo exp(-at) cos Bt.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. (a) x = (Fo/mw2)(1-cos wt). The action of the constant force results in a dis-
|
||||||
|
placement of the position of equilibrium about which the oscillations take place.
|
||||||
|
(b) x = (a/mw3)(wt-sin wt).
|
||||||
|
(c) x = - cos wt +(a/w) sin wt].
|
||||||
|
(d) x = wt + sin wt +
|
||||||
|
+exp(-at)[(wpta2-B2) cos Bt-2aB sin
|
||||||
|
This last case is conveniently treated by writing the force in the complex form
|
||||||
|
F=Foexp(-ati)t].
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. Determine the final amplitude for the oscillations of a system under a force
|
||||||
|
which is zero for t<0, Fot/T for 0 <t<<, and Fo for t > T (Fig. 24), if up to time
|
||||||
|
t = 0 the system is at rest in equilibrium.
|
||||||
|
F
|
||||||
|
Fo
|
||||||
|
,
|
||||||
|
T
|
||||||
|
FIG. 24
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. During the interval 0<+<T the oscillations are determined by the initial
|
||||||
|
condition as x = (Fo/mTw3)(wt-sin wt). For t > T we seek a solution in the form
|
||||||
|
=c1w(t-T)+c2 sin w(t - T)+Fo/mw2
|
||||||
|
The continuity of x and x at t = T gives C1 = -(Fo/mTw3) sin wT, C2 = (Fo/mTw3 X
|
||||||
|
X (1 - cos wT). The amplitude is a = = (2Fo/mTw3) sin twT. This is the smaller,
|
||||||
|
the more slowly the force Fo is applied (i.e. the greater T).
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 3. The same as Problem 2, but for a constant force Fo which acts for a finite
|
||||||
|
time T (Fig. 25).
|
||||||
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 23-oscillations-of-systems-with-more-than-one-degree-of-freedom
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
Oscillations of systems with more than one degree of freedom
|
||||||
|
65
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. As in Problem 2, or more simply by using formula (22.10). For t > T we have
|
||||||
|
free oscillations about x =0, and
|
||||||
|
dt
|
||||||
|
FO
|
||||||
|
f
|
||||||
|
T
|
||||||
|
FIG. 25
|
||||||
|
The squared modulus of & gives the amplitude from the relation = The result is
|
||||||
|
a = (2Fo/mw2) sin twT.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 4. The same as Problem 2, but for a force Fot/T which acts between t = 0 and
|
||||||
|
t = T (Fig. 26).
|
||||||
|
F
|
||||||
|
FO
|
||||||
|
,
|
||||||
|
T
|
||||||
|
FIG. 26
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. By the same method we obtain
|
||||||
|
a = (Fo/Tmw3)/[wT2-2wT sin wT+2(1-cos - wT)].
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 5. The same as Problem 2, but for a force Fo sin wt which acts between t = 0
|
||||||
|
and t = T = 2n/w (Fig. 27).
|
||||||
|
F
|
||||||
|
T
|
||||||
|
FIG. 27
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. Substituting in (22.10) F(t) = Fo sin wt = Fo[exp(iwt)-exp(-iwt)]/2i and
|
||||||
|
integrating from 0 to T, we obtain a = Fon/mw2.
|
||||||
|
$23. Oscillations of systems with more than one degree of freedom
|
||||||
|
The theory of free oscillations of systems with S degrees of freedom is
|
||||||
|
analogous to that given in §21 for the case S = 1.
|
||||||
|
3*
|
||||||
|
66
|
||||||
|
Small Oscillations
|
||||||
|
§23
|
||||||
|
Let the potential energy of the system U as a function of the generalised
|
||||||
|
co-ordinates qi (i = 1, 2, ..., s) have a minimum for qi = qio. Putting
|
||||||
|
Xi=qi-qio
|
||||||
|
(23.1)
|
||||||
|
for the small displacements from equilibrium and expanding U as a function
|
||||||
|
of the xi as far as the quadratic terms, we obtain the potential energy as a
|
||||||
|
positive definite quadratic form
|
||||||
|
(23.2)
|
||||||
|
where we again take the minimum value of the potential energy as zero.
|
||||||
|
Since the coefficients kik and kki in (23.2) multiply the same quantity XiXK,
|
||||||
|
it is clear that they may always be considered equal: kik = kki.
|
||||||
|
In the kinetic energy, which has the general form () (see (5.5)),
|
||||||
|
we put qi = qio in the coefficients aik and, denoting aik(90) by Mik, obtain
|
||||||
|
the kinetic energy as a positive definite quadratic form
|
||||||
|
Emission
|
||||||
|
(23.3)
|
||||||
|
The coefficients Mik also may always be regarded as symmetrical: Mik=Mki.
|
||||||
|
Thus the Lagrangian of a system executing small free oscillations is
|
||||||
|
(23.4)
|
||||||
|
i,k
|
||||||
|
Let us now derive the equations of motion. To determine the derivatives
|
||||||
|
involved, we write the total differential of the Lagrangian:
|
||||||
|
- kikxi dxk - kikxxdxi).
|
||||||
|
i,k
|
||||||
|
Since the value of the sum is obviously independent of the naming of the
|
||||||
|
suffixes, we can interchange i and k in the first and third terms in the paren-
|
||||||
|
theses. Using the symmetry of Mik and kik, we have
|
||||||
|
dL =
|
||||||
|
Hence
|
||||||
|
k
|
||||||
|
Lagrange's equations are therefore
|
||||||
|
(i=1,2,...,s);
|
||||||
|
(23.5)
|
||||||
|
they form a set of S linear homogeneous differential equations with constant
|
||||||
|
coefficients.
|
||||||
|
As usual, we seek the S unknown functions xx(t) in the form
|
||||||
|
xx = Ak explicut),
|
||||||
|
(23.6)
|
||||||
|
where Ak are some constants to be determined. Substituting (23.6) in the
|
||||||
|
§23
|
||||||
|
Oscillations of systems with more than one degree of freedom
|
||||||
|
67
|
||||||
|
equations (23.5) and cancelling exp(iwt), we obtain a set of linear homo-
|
||||||
|
geneous algebraic equations to be satisfied by the Ak:
|
||||||
|
(23.7)
|
||||||
|
If this system has non-zero solutions, the determinant of the coefficients
|
||||||
|
must vanish:
|
||||||
|
(23.8)
|
||||||
|
This is the characteristic equation and is of degree S in w2. In general, it has
|
||||||
|
S different real positive roots W&2 (a = 1,2,...,s); in particular cases, some of
|
||||||
|
these roots may coincide. The quantities Wa thus determined are the charac-
|
||||||
|
teristic frequencies or eigenfrequencies of the system.
|
||||||
|
It is evident from physical arguments that the roots of equation (23.8) are
|
||||||
|
real and positive. For the existence of an imaginary part of w would mean
|
||||||
|
the presence, in the time dependence of the co-ordinates XK (23.6), and SO
|
||||||
|
of the velocities XK, of an exponentially decreasing or increasing factor. Such
|
||||||
|
a factor is inadmissible, since it would lead to a time variation of the total
|
||||||
|
energy E = U+: T of the system, which would therefore not be conserved.
|
||||||
|
The same result may also be derived mathematically. Multiplying equation
|
||||||
|
(23.7) by Ai* and summing over i, we have = 0,
|
||||||
|
whence w2 = . The quadratic forms in the numerator
|
||||||
|
and denominator of this expression are real, since the coefficients kik and
|
||||||
|
Mik are real and symmetrical: (kA*Ak)* = kikAAk* = k
|
||||||
|
= kikAkAi*. They are also positive, and therefore w2 is positive.t
|
||||||
|
The frequencies Wa having been found, we substitute each of them in
|
||||||
|
equations (23.7) and find the corresponding coefficients Ak. If all the roots
|
||||||
|
Wa of the characteristic equation are different, the coefficients Ak are pro-
|
||||||
|
portional to the minors of the determinant (23.8) with w = Wa. Let these
|
||||||
|
minors be . A particular solution of the differential equations (23.5) is
|
||||||
|
therefore X1c = Ca exp(iwat), where Ca is an arbitrary complex constant.
|
||||||
|
The general solution is the sum of S particular solutions. Taking the real
|
||||||
|
part, we write
|
||||||
|
III
|
||||||
|
(23.9)
|
||||||
|
where
|
||||||
|
(23.10)
|
||||||
|
Thus the time variation of each co-ordinate of the system is a super-
|
||||||
|
position of S simple periodic oscillations O1, O2, ..., Os with arbitrary ampli-
|
||||||
|
tudes and phases but definite frequencies.
|
||||||
|
t The fact that a quadratic form with the coefficients kik is positive definite is seen from
|
||||||
|
their definition (23.2) for real values of the variables. If the complex quantities Ak are written
|
||||||
|
explicitly as ak +ibk, we have, again using the symmetry of kik, kikAi* Ak = kik(ai-ibi)
|
||||||
|
X
|
||||||
|
= kikaiak kikbibk, which is the sum of two positive definite forms.
|
||||||
|
68
|
||||||
|
Small Oscillations
|
||||||
|
§23
|
||||||
|
The question naturally arises whether the generalised co-ordinates can be
|
||||||
|
chosen in such a way that each of them executes only one simple oscillation.
|
||||||
|
The form of the general integral (23.9) points to the answer. For, regarding
|
||||||
|
the S equations (23.9) as a set of equations for S unknowns Oa, as we can
|
||||||
|
express O1, O2, ..., Os in terms of the co-ordinates X1, X2, ..., Xs. The
|
||||||
|
quantities Oa may therefore be regarded as new generalised co-ordinates,
|
||||||
|
called normal co-ordinates, and they execute simple periodic oscillations,
|
||||||
|
called normal oscillations of the system.
|
||||||
|
The normal co-ordinates Oa are seen from their definition to satisfy the
|
||||||
|
equations
|
||||||
|
Oatwaia = 0.
|
||||||
|
(23.11)
|
||||||
|
This means that in normal co-ordinates the equations of motion become S
|
||||||
|
independent equations. The acceleration in each normal co-ordinate depends
|
||||||
|
only on the value of that co-ordinate, and its time dependence is entirely
|
||||||
|
determined by the initial values of the co-ordinate and of the corresponding
|
||||||
|
velocity. In other words, the normal oscillations of the system are completely
|
||||||
|
independent.
|
||||||
|
It is evident that the Lagrangian expressed in terms of normal co-ordinates
|
||||||
|
is a sum of expressions each of which corresponds to oscillation in one dimen-
|
||||||
|
sion with one of the frequencies was i.e. it is of the form
|
||||||
|
(23.12)
|
||||||
|
where the Ma are positive constants. Mathematically, this means that the
|
||||||
|
transformation (23.9) simultaneously puts both quadratic forms-the kinetic
|
||||||
|
energy (23.3) and the potential energy (23.2)-in diagonal form.
|
||||||
|
The normal co-ordinates are usually chosen so as to make the coefficients
|
||||||
|
of the squared velocities in the Lagrangian equal to one-half. This can be
|
||||||
|
achieved by simply defining new normal co-ordinates Qx by
|
||||||
|
Qa = VMaOa.
|
||||||
|
(23.13)
|
||||||
|
Then
|
||||||
|
The above discussion needs little alteration when some roots of the charac-
|
||||||
|
teristic equation coincide. The general form (23.9), (23.10) of the integral of
|
||||||
|
the equations of motion remains unchanged, with the same number S of
|
||||||
|
terms, and the only difference is that the coefficients corresponding to
|
||||||
|
multiple roots are not the minors of the determinant, which in this case
|
||||||
|
vanish.
|
||||||
|
t The impossibility of terms in the general integral which contain powers of the time as
|
||||||
|
well as the exponential factors is seen from the same argument as that which shows that the
|
||||||
|
frequencies are real: such terms would violate the law of conservation of energy
|
||||||
|
§23
|
||||||
|
Oscillations of systems with more than one degree of freedom
|
||||||
|
69
|
||||||
|
Each multiple (or, as we say, degenerate) frequency corresponds to a number
|
||||||
|
of normal co-ordinates equal to its multiplicity, but the choice of these co-
|
||||||
|
ordinates is not unique. The normal co-ordinates with equal Wa enter the
|
||||||
|
kinetic and potential energies as sums Q and Qa2 which are transformed
|
||||||
|
in the same way, and they can be linearly transformed in any manner which
|
||||||
|
does not alter these sums of squares.
|
||||||
|
The normal co-ordinates are very easily found for three-dimensional oscil-
|
||||||
|
lations of a single particle in a constant external field. Taking the origin of
|
||||||
|
Cartesian co-ordinates at the point where the potential energy U(x,y,2) is
|
||||||
|
a minimum, we obtain this energy as a quadratic form in the variables x, y, Z,
|
||||||
|
and the kinetic energy T = m(x2+yj++2) (where m is the mass of the
|
||||||
|
particle) does not depend on the orientation of the co-ordinate axes. We
|
||||||
|
therefore have only to reduce the potential energy to diagonal form by an
|
||||||
|
appropriate choice of axes. Then
|
||||||
|
L =
|
||||||
|
(23.14)
|
||||||
|
and the normal oscillations take place in the x,y and 2 directions with fre-
|
||||||
|
quencies = (k1/m), w2=1/(k2/m), w3=1/(k3/m). In the particular
|
||||||
|
case of a central field (k1 =k2=kg III three frequencies
|
||||||
|
are equal (see Problem 3).
|
||||||
|
The use of normal co-ordinates makes possible the reduction of a problem
|
||||||
|
of forced oscillations of a system with more than one degree of freedom to a
|
||||||
|
series of problems of forced oscillation in one dimension. The Lagrangian of
|
||||||
|
the system, including the variable external forces, is
|
||||||
|
(23.15)
|
||||||
|
where L is the Lagrangian for free oscillations. Replacing the co-ordinates
|
||||||
|
X1c by normal co-ordinates, we have
|
||||||
|
(23.16)
|
||||||
|
where we have put
|
||||||
|
The corresponding equations of motion
|
||||||
|
(23.17)
|
||||||
|
each involve only one unknown function Qa(t).
|
||||||
|
PROBLEMS
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 1. Determine the oscillations of a system with two degrees of freedom whose
|
||||||
|
Lagrangian is L = (two identical one-dimensional systems of
|
||||||
|
eigenfrequency wo coupled by an interaction - axy).
|
||||||
|
70
|
||||||
|
Small Oscillations
|
||||||
181
1/24-vibrations-of-molecules.md
Normal file
181
1/24-vibrations-of-molecules.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 24-vibrations-of-molecules
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The equations of motion are x+ wo2x = ay, j + wo2y = ax. The substitution
|
||||||
|
(23.6) gives
|
||||||
|
Ax(wo2-w2) = aAy,
|
||||||
|
(1)
|
||||||
|
The characteristic equation is (wo2-w2)2= a2, whence w12 = wo2-a, w22 = wo2-+x. For
|
||||||
|
w = W1, the equations (1) give Ax = Ay, and for w = w2, Ax = -Ay. Hence x =
|
||||||
|
(Q1+Q2)/V2, y = (Q1-Q2)/V2, the coefficients 1/V2 resulting from the normalisation
|
||||||
|
of the normal co-ordinates as in equation (23.13).
|
||||||
|
For a < wo2 (weak coupling) we have W1 all wo-1x, W2 ill wotla. The variation of x
|
||||||
|
and y is in this case a superposition of two oscillations with almost equal frequencies, i.e.
|
||||||
|
beats of frequency W2-W1 = a (see $22). The amplitude of y is a minimum when that of x
|
||||||
|
is a maximum, and vice versa.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. Determine the small oscillations of a coplanar double pendulum (Fig. 1, $5).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. For small oscillations (01 < 1, 02 < 1), the Lagrangian derived in §5, Problem
|
||||||
|
1, becomes
|
||||||
|
L =
|
||||||
|
The equations of motion are
|
||||||
|
= 0, lio +1202+802
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
0.
|
||||||
|
Substitution of (23.6) gives
|
||||||
|
41(m1+m2)(g-h1w2)-A2w2m2l2 0, = 0.
|
||||||
|
The roots of the characteristic equation are
|
||||||
|
((ma3
|
||||||
|
As m1
|
||||||
|
8 the frequencies tend to the values (g/l1) and /(g/l2), corresponding to indepen-
|
||||||
|
dent oscillations of the two pendulums.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 3. Find the path of a particle in a central field U = 1kr2 (called a space oscillator).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. As in any central field, the path lies in a plane, which we take as the xy-plane.
|
||||||
|
The variation of each co-ordinate x,y is a simple oscillation with the same frequency
|
||||||
|
= v(k/m): x = a cos(wt+a), y=b cos(wt+), or x = a cos , y = b cos(+8)
|
||||||
|
= b cos 8 cos -b sin 8 sin , where = wt +a, 8 = B-a. Solving for cos o and sin o and
|
||||||
|
equating the sum of their squares to unity, we find the equation of the path:
|
||||||
|
This is an ellipse with its centre at the origin.t When 8 = 0 or IT, the path degenerates to a
|
||||||
|
segment of a straight line.
|
||||||
|
$24. Vibrations of molecules
|
||||||
|
If we have a system of interacting particles not in an external field, not all
|
||||||
|
of its degrees of freedom relate to oscillations. A typical example is that of
|
||||||
|
molecules. Besides motions in which the atoms oscillate about their positions
|
||||||
|
of equilibrium in the molecule, the whole molecule can execute translational
|
||||||
|
and rotational motions.
|
||||||
|
Three degrees of freedom correspond to translational motion, and in general
|
||||||
|
the same number to rotation, so that, of the 3n degrees of freedom of a mole-
|
||||||
|
cule containing n atoms, 3n-6 - correspond to vibration. An exception is formed
|
||||||
|
t The fact that the path in a field with potential energy U = 1kr2 is a closed curve has
|
||||||
|
already been mentioned in $14.
|
||||||
|
§24
|
||||||
|
Vibrations of molecules
|
||||||
|
71
|
||||||
|
by molecules in which the atoms are collinear, for which there are only two
|
||||||
|
rotational degrees of freedom (since rotation about the line of atoms is of no
|
||||||
|
significance), and therefore 3n-5 vibrational degrees of freedom.
|
||||||
|
In solving a mechanical problem of molecular oscillations, it is convenient
|
||||||
|
to eliminate immediately the translational and rotational degrees of freedom.
|
||||||
|
The former can be removed by equating to zero the total momentum of the
|
||||||
|
molecule. Since this condition implies that the centre of mass of the molecule
|
||||||
|
is at rest, it can be expressed by saying that the three co-ordinates of the
|
||||||
|
centre of mass are constant. Putting ra = rao+Ua, where ra0 is the radius
|
||||||
|
vector of the equilibrium position of the ath atom, and Ua its deviation from
|
||||||
|
this position, we have the condition = constant = or
|
||||||
|
= 0.
|
||||||
|
(24.1)
|
||||||
|
To eliminate the rotation of the molecule, its total angular momentum
|
||||||
|
must be equated to zero. Since the angular momentum is not the total time
|
||||||
|
derivative of a function of the co-ordinates, the condition that it is zero can-
|
||||||
|
not in general be expressed by saying that some such function is zero. For
|
||||||
|
small oscillations, however, this can in fact be done. Putting again
|
||||||
|
ra = rao+ua and neglecting small quantities of the second order in the
|
||||||
|
displacements Ua, we can write the angular momentum of the molecule as
|
||||||
|
= .
|
||||||
|
The condition for this to be zero is therefore, in the same approximation,
|
||||||
|
0,
|
||||||
|
(24.2)
|
||||||
|
in which the origin may be chosen arbitrarily.
|
||||||
|
The normal vibrations of the molecule may be classified according to the
|
||||||
|
corresponding motion of the atoms on the basis of a consideration of the sym-
|
||||||
|
metry of the equilibrium positions of the atoms in the molecule. There is
|
||||||
|
a general method of doing so, based on the use of group theory, which we
|
||||||
|
discuss elsewhere. Here we shall consider only some elementary examples.
|
||||||
|
If all n atoms in a molecule lie in one plane, we can distinguish normal
|
||||||
|
vibrations in which the atoms remain in that plane from those where they
|
||||||
|
do not. The number of each kind is readily determined. Since, for motion
|
||||||
|
in a plane, there are 2n degrees of freedom, of which two are translational
|
||||||
|
and one rotational, the number of normal vibrations which leave the atoms
|
||||||
|
in the plane is 2n-3. The remaining (3n-6)-(2n-3) = n-3 vibrational
|
||||||
|
degrees of freedom correspond to vibrations in which the atoms move out
|
||||||
|
of the plane.
|
||||||
|
For a linear molecule we can distinguish longitudinal vibrations, which
|
||||||
|
maintain the linear form, from vibrations which bring the atoms out of line.
|
||||||
|
Since a motion of n particles in a line corresponds to n degrees of freedom,
|
||||||
|
of which one is translational, the number of vibrations which leave the atoms
|
||||||
|
t See Quantum Mechanics, $100, Pergamon Press, Oxford 1965.
|
||||||
|
72
|
||||||
|
Small Oscillations
|
||||||
|
§24
|
||||||
|
in line is n - 1. Since the total number of vibrational degrees of freedom of a
|
||||||
|
linear molecule is 3n - 5, there are 2n-4 which bring the atoms out of line.
|
||||||
|
These 2n-4 vibrations, however, correspond to only n-2 different fre-
|
||||||
|
quencies, since each such vibration can occur in two mutually perpendicular
|
||||||
|
planes through the axis of the molecule. It is evident from symmetry that
|
||||||
|
each such pair of normal vibrations have equal frequencies.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEMS
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 1. Determine the frequencies of vibrations of a symmetrical linear triatomic
|
||||||
|
molecule ABA (Fig. 28). It is assumed that the potential energy of the molecule depends
|
||||||
|
only on the distances AB and BA and the angle ABA.
|
||||||
|
3
|
||||||
|
B
|
||||||
|
A
|
||||||
|
(o)
|
||||||
|
(b)
|
||||||
|
(c)
|
||||||
|
FIG. 28
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The longitudinal displacements X1, X2, X3 of the atoms are related, according
|
||||||
|
to (24.1), by MA(X1+x3) +mBX2 = 0. Using this, we eliminate X2 from the Lagrangian of the
|
||||||
|
longitudinal motion
|
||||||
|
L =
|
||||||
|
and use new co-ordinatesQa=x1tx,Qx1-x3.The result
|
||||||
|
where u = 2mA+mB is the mass of the molecule. Hence we see that Qa and Qs are normal
|
||||||
|
co-ordinates (not yet normalised). The co-ordinate Qa corresponds to a vibration anti-
|
||||||
|
symmetrical about the centre of the molecule (x1 = x3; Fig. 28a), with frequency
|
||||||
|
wa = (k1u/mAmB). The co-ordinate Q8 corresponds to a symmetrical vibration (x1 = -x3;
|
||||||
|
Fig. 28b), with frequency
|
||||||
|
The transverse displacements y1, y2, y3 of the atoms are, according to (24.1) and (24.2),
|
||||||
|
related by mA(y1+y2) +mBy2 = 0, y1 = y3 (a symmetrical bending of the molecule; Fig. 28c).
|
||||||
|
The potential energy of this vibration can be written as 1/22/282, where 8 is the deviation of the
|
||||||
|
angle ABA from the value IT, given in terms of the displacements by 8 = [(y1-yy)+(ys-y2)]/L.
|
||||||
|
Expressing y1,y2, y3 in terms of 8, we obtain the Lagrangian of the transverse motion:
|
||||||
|
L =
|
||||||
|
whence the frequency is = V(2k2u/mAmB).
|
||||||
|
t Calculations of the vibrations of more complex molecules are given by M. V. VOL'KENSH-
|
||||||
|
TEIN, M. A. EL'YASHEVICH and B. I. STEPANOV, Molecular Vibrations (Kolebaniya molekul),
|
||||||
|
Moscow 1949; G. HERZBERG, Molecular Spectra and Molecular Structure: Infra-red and
|
||||||
|
Raman Spectra of Polyatomic Molecules, Van Nostrand, New York 1945,
|
||||||
|
§24
|
||||||
|
Vibrations of molecules
|
||||||
|
73
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. The same as Problem 1, but for a triangular molecule ABA (Fig. 29).
|
||||||
|
y
|
||||||
|
A
|
||||||
|
A
|
||||||
|
3
|
||||||
|
2a
|
||||||
|
I
|
||||||
|
2
|
||||||
|
B
|
||||||
|
(a)
|
||||||
|
(b)
|
||||||
|
(c)
|
||||||
|
FIG. 29
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. By (24.1) and (24.2) the x and y components of the displacements u of the
|
||||||
|
atoms are related by
|
||||||
|
0,
|
||||||
|
0,
|
||||||
|
(y1-y3) sin x-(x1+x3) cos a = 0.
|
||||||
|
The changes 8l1 and Sl2 in the distances AB and BA are obtained by taking the components
|
||||||
|
along these lines of the vectors U1-U2 and U3-U2:
|
||||||
|
8l1 = (x1-x2) sin cos a,
|
||||||
|
8l2 = -(x3-x2) sin at(y3-y2) cos a.
|
||||||
|
The change in the angle ABA is obtained by taking the components of those vectors per-
|
||||||
|
pendicular to AB and BA:
|
||||||
|
sin sin
|
||||||
|
a].
|
||||||
|
The Lagrangian of the molecule is
|
||||||
|
L
|
||||||
|
We use the new co-ordinates Qa = 1+x3, q81 = X1-x3, q82 = y1+y3. The components
|
||||||
|
of the vectors u are given in terms of these co-ordinates by X1 = 1(Qa+q x3 = 1(Qa-981),
|
||||||
|
X2
|
||||||
|
= -MAQa/MB, = -MAQ82/MB. The
|
||||||
|
Lagrangian becomes
|
||||||
|
L
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
qksici +
|
||||||
|
sin
|
||||||
|
a
|
||||||
|
cos
|
||||||
|
a.
|
||||||
|
74
|
||||||
|
Small Oscillations
|
||||||
129
1/25-damped-oscillations.md
Normal file
129
1/25-damped-oscillations.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 25-damped-oscillations
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
Hence we see that the co-ordinate Qa corresponds to a normal vibration antisymmetrical
|
||||||
|
about the y-axis (x1 = x3, y1 = -y3; Fig. 29a) with frequency
|
||||||
|
The co-ordinates qs1, qs2 together correspond to two vibrations symmetrical about the
|
||||||
|
y-axis (x1 = -X3, y1 y3; Fig. 29b, c), whose frequencies Ws1, W82 are given by the roots
|
||||||
|
of the quadratic (in w2) characteristic equation
|
||||||
|
1
|
||||||
|
When 2 x = 75, all three frequencies become equal to those derived in Problem 1.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 3. The same as Problem 1, but for an unsymmetrical linear molecule ABC
|
||||||
|
(Fig. 30).
|
||||||
|
A
|
||||||
|
FIG. 30
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The longitudinal (x) and transverse (y) displacements of the atoms are related
|
||||||
|
by
|
||||||
|
mAX1+mBX2+mcx3 = 0, mAy1tmBy2+mcy3= 0,
|
||||||
|
MAhy1 = mcl2y3.
|
||||||
|
The potential energy of stretching and bending can be written
|
||||||
|
where 2l = li+l2. Calculations similar to those in Problem 1 give
|
||||||
|
for the transverse vibrations and the quadratic (in w2) equation
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
for the frequencies wil, W12 of the longitudinal vibrations.
|
||||||
|
$25. Damped oscillations
|
||||||
|
So far we have implied that all motion takes place in a vacuum, or else that
|
||||||
|
the effect of the surrounding medium on the motion may be neglected. In
|
||||||
|
reality, when a body moves in a medium, the latter exerts a resistance which
|
||||||
|
tends to retard the motion. The energy of the moving body is finally dissipated
|
||||||
|
by being converted into heat.
|
||||||
|
Motion under these conditions is no longer a purely mechanical process,
|
||||||
|
and allowance must be made for the motion of the medium itself and for the
|
||||||
|
internal thermal state of both the medium and the body. In particular, we
|
||||||
|
cannot in general assert that the acceleration of a moving body is a function
|
||||||
|
only of its co-ordinates and velocity at the instant considered; that is, there
|
||||||
|
are no equations of motion in the mechanical sense. Thus the problem of the
|
||||||
|
motion of a body in a medium is not one of mechanics.
|
||||||
|
There exists, however, a class of cases where motion in a medium can be
|
||||||
|
approximately described by including certain additional terms in the
|
||||||
|
§25
|
||||||
|
Damped oscillations
|
||||||
|
75
|
||||||
|
mechanical equations of motion. Such cases include oscillations with fre-
|
||||||
|
quencies small compared with those of the dissipative processes in the
|
||||||
|
medium. When this condition is fulfilled we may regard the body as being
|
||||||
|
acted on by a force of friction which depends (for a given homogeneous
|
||||||
|
medium) only on its velocity.
|
||||||
|
If, in addition, this velocity is sufficiently small, then the frictional force
|
||||||
|
can be expanded in powers of the velocity. The zero-order term in the expan-
|
||||||
|
sion is zero, since no friction acts on a body at rest, and so the first non-
|
||||||
|
vanishing term is proportional to the velocity. Thus the generalised frictional
|
||||||
|
force fir acting on a system executing small oscillations in one dimension
|
||||||
|
(co-ordinate x) may be written fir = - ax, where a is a positive coefficient
|
||||||
|
and the minus sign indicates that the force acts in the direction opposite to
|
||||||
|
that of the velocity. Adding this force on the right-hand side of the equation
|
||||||
|
of motion, we obtain (see (21.4))
|
||||||
|
mx = -kx-ax.
|
||||||
|
(25.1)
|
||||||
|
We divide this by m and put
|
||||||
|
k/m= wo2, a/m=2x; =
|
||||||
|
(25.2)
|
||||||
|
wo is the frequency of free oscillations of the system in the absence of friction,
|
||||||
|
and A is called the damping coefficient or damping decrement.
|
||||||
|
Thus the equation is
|
||||||
|
(25.3)
|
||||||
|
We again seek a solution x = exp(rt) and obtain r for the characteristic
|
||||||
|
equation r2+2xr + wo2 = 0, whence ¥1,2 = The general
|
||||||
|
solution of equation (25.3) is
|
||||||
|
c1exp(rit)+c2 exp(r2t).
|
||||||
|
Two cases must be distinguished. If wo, we have two complex con-
|
||||||
|
jugate values of r. The general solution of the equation of motion can then
|
||||||
|
be written as
|
||||||
|
where A is an arbitrary complex constant, or as
|
||||||
|
= aexp(-Xt)cos(wta),
|
||||||
|
(25.4)
|
||||||
|
with w = V(w02-2) and a and a real constants. The motion described by
|
||||||
|
these formulae consists of damped oscillations. It may be regarded as being
|
||||||
|
harmonic oscillations of exponentially decreasing amplitude. The rate of
|
||||||
|
decrease of the amplitude is given by the exponent X, and the "frequency"
|
||||||
|
w is less than that of free oscillations in the absence of friction. For 1 wo,
|
||||||
|
the difference between w and wo is of the second order of smallness. The
|
||||||
|
decrease in frequency as a result of friction is to be expected, since friction
|
||||||
|
retards motion.
|
||||||
|
t The dimensionless product XT (where T = 2n/w is the period) is called the logarithmic
|
||||||
|
damping decrement.
|
||||||
|
76
|
||||||
|
Small Oscillations
|
||||||
|
§25
|
||||||
|
If A < wo, the amplitude of the damped oscillation is almost unchanged
|
||||||
|
during the period 2n/w. It is then meaningful to consider the mean values
|
||||||
|
(over the period) of the squared co-ordinates and velocities, neglecting the
|
||||||
|
change in exp( - At) when taking the mean. These mean squares are evidently
|
||||||
|
proportional to exp(-2xt). Hence the mean energy of the system decreases
|
||||||
|
as
|
||||||
|
(25.5)
|
||||||
|
where E0 is the initial value of the energy.
|
||||||
|
Next, let A > wo. Then the values of r are both real and negative. The
|
||||||
|
general form of the solution is
|
||||||
|
-
|
||||||
|
(25.6)
|
||||||
|
We see that in this case, which occurs when the friction is sufficiently strong,
|
||||||
|
the motion consists of a decrease in /x/, i.e. an asymptotic approach (as t ->
|
||||||
|
00)
|
||||||
|
to the equilibrium position. This type of motion is called aperiodic damping.
|
||||||
|
Finally, in the special case where A = wo, the characteristic equation has
|
||||||
|
the double root r = - 1. The general solution of the differential equation is
|
||||||
|
then
|
||||||
|
(25.7)
|
||||||
|
This is a special case of aperiodic damping.
|
||||||
|
For a system with more than one degree of freedom, the generalised
|
||||||
|
frictional forces corresponding to the co-ordinates Xi are linear functions of
|
||||||
|
the velocities, of the form
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(25.8)
|
||||||
|
From purely mechanical arguments we can draw no conclusions concerning
|
||||||
|
the symmetry properties of the coefficients aik as regards the suffixes i and
|
||||||
|
k, but the methods of statistical physics make it possible to demonstrate
|
||||||
|
that in all cases
|
||||||
|
aki.
|
||||||
|
(25.9)
|
||||||
|
Hence the expressions (25.8) can be written as the derivatives
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(25.10)
|
||||||
|
of the quadratic form
|
||||||
|
(25.11)
|
||||||
|
which is called the dissipative function.
|
||||||
|
The forces (25.10) must be added to the right-hand side of Lagrange's
|
||||||
|
equations:
|
||||||
|
(25.12)
|
||||||
|
t See Statistical Physics, $123, Pergamon Press, Oxford 1969.
|
||||||
129
1/26-forced-oscillations-under-friction.md
Normal file
129
1/26-forced-oscillations-under-friction.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 26-forced-oscillations-under-friction
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
Forced oscillations under friction
|
||||||
|
77
|
||||||
|
The dissipative function itself has an important physical significance: it
|
||||||
|
gives the rate of dissipation of energy in the system. This is easily seen by
|
||||||
|
calculating the time derivative of the mechanical energy of the system. We
|
||||||
|
have
|
||||||
|
aL
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
Since F is a quadratic function of the velocities, Euler's theorem on homo-
|
||||||
|
geneous functions shows that the sum on the right-hand side is equal to 2F.
|
||||||
|
Thus
|
||||||
|
dE/dt==2-2F,
|
||||||
|
(25.13)
|
||||||
|
i.e. the rate of change of the energy of the system is twice the dissipative
|
||||||
|
function. Since dissipative processes lead to loss of energy, it follows that
|
||||||
|
F > 0, i.e. the quadratic form (25.11) is positive definite.
|
||||||
|
The equations of small oscillations under friction are obtained by adding
|
||||||
|
the forces (25.8) to the right-hand sides of equations (23.5):
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(25.14)
|
||||||
|
Putting in these equations XK = Ak exp(rt), we obtain, on cancelling exp(rt),
|
||||||
|
a set of linear algebraic equations for the constants Ak:
|
||||||
|
(25.15)
|
||||||
|
Equating to zero their determinant, we find the characteristic equation, which
|
||||||
|
determines the possible values of r:
|
||||||
|
(25.16)
|
||||||
|
This is an equation in r of degree 2s. Since all the coefficients are real,
|
||||||
|
its roots are either real, or complex conjugate pairs. The real roots must be
|
||||||
|
negative, and the complex roots must have negative real parts, since other-
|
||||||
|
wise the co-ordinates, velocities and energy of the system would increase
|
||||||
|
exponentially with time, whereas dissipative forces must lead to a decrease
|
||||||
|
of the energy.
|
||||||
|
§26. Forced oscillations under friction
|
||||||
|
The theory of forced oscillations under friction is entirely analogous to
|
||||||
|
that given in §22 for oscillations without friction. Here we shall consider
|
||||||
|
in detail the case of a periodic external force, which is of considerable interest.
|
||||||
|
78
|
||||||
|
Small Oscillations
|
||||||
|
§26
|
||||||
|
Adding to the right-hand side of equation (25.1) an external force f cos st
|
||||||
|
and dividing by m, we obtain the equation of motion:
|
||||||
|
+2*+wox=(fm)cos = yt.
|
||||||
|
(26.1)
|
||||||
|
The solution of this equation is more conveniently found in complex form,
|
||||||
|
and so we replace cos st on the right by exp(iyt):
|
||||||
|
exp(iyt).
|
||||||
|
We seek a particular integral in the form x = B exp(iyt), obtaining for B
|
||||||
|
the value
|
||||||
|
(26.2)
|
||||||
|
Writing B = exp(i8), we have
|
||||||
|
b tan 8 = 2xy/(y2-wo2).
|
||||||
|
(26.3)
|
||||||
|
Finally, taking the real part of the expression B exp(iyt) = b exp[i(yt+8)],
|
||||||
|
we find the particular integral of equation (26.1); adding to this the general
|
||||||
|
solution of that equation with zero on the right-hand side (and taking for
|
||||||
|
definiteness the case wo > 1), we have
|
||||||
|
x = a exp( - At) cos(wtta)+bcos(yt+8)
|
||||||
|
(26.4)
|
||||||
|
The first term decreases exponentially with time, so that, after a sufficient
|
||||||
|
time, only the second term remains:
|
||||||
|
x = b cos(yt+8).
|
||||||
|
(26.5)
|
||||||
|
The expression (26.3) for the amplitude b of the forced oscillation increases
|
||||||
|
as y approaches wo, but does not become infinite as it does in resonance
|
||||||
|
without friction. For a given amplitude f of the force, the amplitude of the
|
||||||
|
oscillations is greatest when y = V(w02-2)2); for A < wo, this differs from
|
||||||
|
wo only by a quantity of the second order of smallness.
|
||||||
|
Let us consider the range near resonance, putting y = wote with E small,
|
||||||
|
and suppose also that A < wo. Then we can approximately put, in (26.2),
|
||||||
|
22 =(y+wo)(y-wo) 22 2woe, 2ixy 22 2ixwo, SO that
|
||||||
|
B = -f/2m(e-ii))wo
|
||||||
|
(26.6)
|
||||||
|
or
|
||||||
|
b f/2mw01/(22+12),
|
||||||
|
tan 8 = N/E.
|
||||||
|
(26.7)
|
||||||
|
A property of the phase difference 8 between the oscillation and the external
|
||||||
|
force is that it is always negative, i.e. the oscillation "lags behind" the force.
|
||||||
|
Far from resonance on the side < wo, 8 0; on the side y > wo, 8
|
||||||
|
-77.
|
||||||
|
The change of 8 from zero to - II takes place in a frequency range near wo
|
||||||
|
which is narrow (of the order of A in width); 8 passes through - 1/2 when
|
||||||
|
y = wo. In the absence of friction, the phase of the forced oscillation changes
|
||||||
|
discontinuously by TT at y = wo (the second term in (22.4) changes sign);
|
||||||
|
when friction is allowed for, this discontinuity is smoothed out.
|
||||||
|
§26
|
||||||
|
Forced oscillations under friction
|
||||||
|
79
|
||||||
|
In steady motion, when the system executes the forced oscillations given
|
||||||
|
by (26.5), its energy remains unchanged. Energy is continually absorbed by
|
||||||
|
the system from the source of the external force and dissipated by friction.
|
||||||
|
Let I(y) be the mean amount of energy absorbed per unit time, which depends
|
||||||
|
on the frequency of the external force. By (25.13) we have I(y) = 2F, where
|
||||||
|
F is the average value (over the period of oscillation) of the dissipative func-
|
||||||
|
tion. For motion in one dimension, the expression (25.11) for the dissipative
|
||||||
|
function becomes F = 1ax2 = Amx2. Substituting (26.5), we have
|
||||||
|
F = mb22 sin2(yt+8).
|
||||||
|
The time average of the squared sine is 1/2 so that
|
||||||
|
I(y) = Mmb2y2. =
|
||||||
|
(26.8)
|
||||||
|
Near resonance we have, on substituting the amplitude of the oscillation
|
||||||
|
from (26.7),
|
||||||
|
I(e) =
|
||||||
|
(26.9)
|
||||||
|
This is called a dispersion-type frequency dependence of the absorption.
|
||||||
|
The half-width of the resonance curve (Fig. 31) is the value of E for which
|
||||||
|
I(e) is half its maximum value (E = 0). It is evident from (26.9) that in the
|
||||||
|
present case the half-width is just the damping coefficient A. The height of
|
||||||
|
the maximum is I(0) = f2/4mx, and is inversely proportional to . Thus,
|
||||||
|
I/I(O)
|
||||||
|
/2
|
||||||
|
€
|
||||||
|
-1
|
||||||
|
a
|
||||||
|
FIG. 31
|
||||||
|
when the damping coefficient decreases, the resonance curve becomes more
|
||||||
|
peaked. The area under the curve, however, remains unchanged. This area
|
||||||
|
is given by the integral
|
||||||
|
[ ((7) dy = [ I(e) de.
|
||||||
|
Since I(e) diminishes rapidly with increasing E, the region where |el is
|
||||||
|
large is of no importance, and the lower limit may be replaced by - 80, and
|
||||||
|
I(e) taken to have the form given by (26.9). Then we have
|
||||||
|
"
|
||||||
|
(26.10)
|
||||||
|
80
|
||||||
|
Small Oscillations
|
||||||
178
1/27-parametric-resonance.md
Normal file
178
1/27-parametric-resonance.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 27-parametric-resonance
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM
|
||||||
|
Determine the forced oscillations due to an external force f = fo exp(at) COS st in the
|
||||||
|
presence of friction.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. We solve the complex equation of motion
|
||||||
|
2+wo2x = (fo/m) exp(at+iyt)
|
||||||
|
and then take the real part. The result is a forced oscillation of the form
|
||||||
|
x=bexp(at)cos(yt+8),
|
||||||
|
where
|
||||||
|
b =
|
||||||
|
tan s =
|
||||||
|
§27. Parametric resonance
|
||||||
|
There exist oscillatory systems which are not closed, but in which the
|
||||||
|
external action amounts only to a time variation of the parameters.t
|
||||||
|
The parameters of a one-dimensional system are the coefficients m and k
|
||||||
|
in the Lagrangian (21.3). If these are functions of time, the equation of
|
||||||
|
motion is
|
||||||
|
(27.1)
|
||||||
|
We introduce instead of t a new independent variable T such that
|
||||||
|
dr = dt/m(t); this reduces the equation to
|
||||||
|
d2x/d-2+mkx=0.
|
||||||
|
There is therefore no loss of generality in considering an equation of motion
|
||||||
|
of the form
|
||||||
|
(27.2)
|
||||||
|
obtained from (27.1) if m = constant.
|
||||||
|
The form of the function w(t) is given by the conditions of the problem.
|
||||||
|
Let us assume that this function is periodic with some frequency y and period
|
||||||
|
T = 2n/y. This means that w(t+T) = w(t), and so the equation (27.2) is
|
||||||
|
invariant under the transformation t t+ T. Hence, if x(t) is a solution of
|
||||||
|
the equation, so is x(t+T). That is, if x1(t) and x2(t) are two independent
|
||||||
|
integrals of equation (27.2), they must be transformed into linear combina-
|
||||||
|
tions of themselves when t is replaced by t + T. It is possible to choose X1
|
||||||
|
and X2 in such a way that, when t t+T, they are simply multiplied by
|
||||||
|
t A simple example is that of a pendulum whose point of support executes a given periodic
|
||||||
|
motion in a vertical direction (see Problem 3).
|
||||||
|
+ This choice is equivalent to reducing to diagonal form the matrix of the linear trans-
|
||||||
|
formation of x1(t) and x2(t), which involves the solution of the corresponding quadratic
|
||||||
|
secular equation. We shall suppose here that the roots of this equation do not coincide.
|
||||||
|
§27
|
||||||
|
Parametric resonance
|
||||||
|
81
|
||||||
|
constants: x1(t+T) = 1x1(t), x2(t+T) = u2x2(t). The most general functions
|
||||||
|
having this property are
|
||||||
|
(t) = 111t/TII1(t), x2(t) = M2t/T112(t),
|
||||||
|
(27.3)
|
||||||
|
where II1(t), II2(t) are purely periodic functions of time with period T.
|
||||||
|
The constants 1 and 2 in these functions must be related in a certain way.
|
||||||
|
Multiplying the equations +2(t)x1 = 0, 2+w2(t)x2 = 0 by X2 and X1
|
||||||
|
respectively and subtracting, we = = 0, or
|
||||||
|
X1X2-XIX2 = constant.
|
||||||
|
(27.4)
|
||||||
|
For any functions x1(t), x2(t) of the form (27.3), the expression on the left-
|
||||||
|
hand side of (27.4) is multiplied by H1U2 when t is replaced by t + T. Hence
|
||||||
|
it is clear that, if equation (27.4) is to hold, we must have
|
||||||
|
M1M2=1.
|
||||||
|
(27.5)
|
||||||
|
Further information about the constants M1, 2 can be obtained from the
|
||||||
|
fact that the coefficients in equation (27.2) are real. If x(t) is any integral of
|
||||||
|
such an equation, then the complex conjugate function x* (t) must also be
|
||||||
|
an integral. Hence it follows that U1, 2 must be the same as M1*, M2*, i.e.
|
||||||
|
either 1 = M2* or 1 and 2 are both real. In the former case, (27.5) gives
|
||||||
|
M1 = 1/1*, i.e. /1112 = 1/22/2 = 1: the constants M1 and 2 are of modulus
|
||||||
|
unity.
|
||||||
|
In the other case, two independent integrals of equation (27.2) are
|
||||||
|
x2(t) = -/I2(t),
|
||||||
|
(27.6)
|
||||||
|
with a positive or negative real value of u (Iu/ # 1). One of these functions
|
||||||
|
(x1 or X2 according as /x/ > 1 or /u/ <1) increases exponentially with time.
|
||||||
|
This means that the system at rest in equilibrium (x = 0) is unstable: any
|
||||||
|
deviation from this state, however small, is sufficient to lead to a rapidly
|
||||||
|
increasing displacement X. This is called parametric resonance.
|
||||||
|
It should be noticed that, when the initial values of x and x are exactly
|
||||||
|
zero, they remain zero, unlike what happens in ordinary resonance (§22),
|
||||||
|
in which the displacement increases with time (proportionally to t) even from
|
||||||
|
initial values of zero.
|
||||||
|
Let us determine the conditions for parametric resonance to occur in the
|
||||||
|
important case where the function w(t) differs only slightly from a constant
|
||||||
|
value wo and is a simple periodic function:
|
||||||
|
w2(1) = con2(1+h cosyt)
|
||||||
|
(27.7)
|
||||||
|
where
|
||||||
|
the
|
||||||
|
constant h 1; we shall suppose h positive, as may always be
|
||||||
|
done by suitably choosing the origin of time. As we shall see below, para-
|
||||||
|
metric resonance is strongest if the frequency of the function w(t) is nearly
|
||||||
|
twice wo. Hence we put y = 2wo+e, where E < wo.
|
||||||
|
82
|
||||||
|
Small Oscillations
|
||||||
|
§27
|
||||||
|
The solution of equation of motion+
|
||||||
|
+wo2[1+hcos(2wot)t]x
|
||||||
|
(27.8)
|
||||||
|
may be sought in the form
|
||||||
|
(27.9)
|
||||||
|
where a(t) and b(t) are functions of time which vary slowly in comparison
|
||||||
|
with the trigonometrical factors. This form of solution is, of course, not
|
||||||
|
exact. In reality, the function x(t) also involves terms with frequencies which
|
||||||
|
differ from wother by integral multiples of 2wo+e; these terms are, how-
|
||||||
|
ever, of a higher order of smallness with respect to h, and may be neglected
|
||||||
|
in a first approximation (see Problem 1).
|
||||||
|
We substitute (27.9) in (27.8) and retain only terms of the first order in
|
||||||
|
€, assuming that à ea, b ~ eb; the correctness of this assumption under
|
||||||
|
resonance conditions is confirmed by the result. The products of trigono-
|
||||||
|
metrical functions may be replaced by sums:
|
||||||
|
cos(wot1e)t.cos(2wote)t =
|
||||||
|
etc., and in accordance with what was said above we omit terms with fre-
|
||||||
|
quency 3(wo+1e). The result is
|
||||||
|
= 0.
|
||||||
|
If this equation is to be justified, the coefficients of the sine and cosine must
|
||||||
|
both be zero. This gives two linear differential equations for the functions
|
||||||
|
a(t) and b(t). As usual, we seek solutions proportional to exp(st). Then
|
||||||
|
= 0, 1(e-thwo)a- - sb = 0, and the compatibility condition
|
||||||
|
for these two algebraic equations gives
|
||||||
|
(27.10)
|
||||||
|
The condition for parametric resonance is that S is real, i.e. s2 > 0.1 Thus
|
||||||
|
parametric resonance occurs in the range
|
||||||
|
(27.11)
|
||||||
|
on either side of the frequency 2wo.ll The width of this range is proportional
|
||||||
|
to h, and the values of the amplification coefficient S of the oscillations in the
|
||||||
|
range are of the order of h also.
|
||||||
|
Parametric resonance also occurs when the frequency y with which the
|
||||||
|
parameter varies is close to any value 2wo/n with n integral. The width of the
|
||||||
|
t An equation of this form (with arbitrary y and h) is called in mathematical physics
|
||||||
|
Mathieu's equation.
|
||||||
|
+ The constant u in (27.6) is related to s by u = - exp(sn/wo); when t is replaced by
|
||||||
|
t+2n/2wo, the sine and cosine in (27.9) change sign.
|
||||||
|
II If we are interested only in the range of resonance, and not in the values of S in that
|
||||||
|
range, the calculations may be simplified by noting that S = 0 at the ends of the range, i.e.
|
||||||
|
the coefficients a and b in (27.9) are constants. This gives immediately € = thwo as in
|
||||||
|
(27.11).
|
||||||
|
§27
|
||||||
|
Parametric resonance
|
||||||
|
83
|
||||||
|
resonance range (region of instability) decreases rapidly with increasing N,
|
||||||
|
however, namely as hn (see Problem 2, footnote). The amplification co-
|
||||||
|
efficient of the oscillations also decreases.
|
||||||
|
The phenomenon of parametric resonance is maintained in the presence
|
||||||
|
of slight friction, but the region of instability becomes somewhat narrower.
|
||||||
|
As we have seen in §25, friction results in a damping of the amplitude of
|
||||||
|
oscillations as exp(- - At). Hence the amplification of the oscillations in para-
|
||||||
|
metric resonance is as exp[(s-1)t] with the positive S given by the solution
|
||||||
|
for the frictionless case, and the limit of the region of instability is given by
|
||||||
|
the equation - X = 0. Thus, with S given by (27.10), we have for the resonance
|
||||||
|
range, instead of (27.11),
|
||||||
|
(27.12)
|
||||||
|
It should be noticed that resonance is now possible not for arbitrarily
|
||||||
|
small amplitudes h, but only when h exceeds a "threshold" value hk. When
|
||||||
|
(27.12) holds, hk = 4X/wo. It can be shown that, for resonance near the fre-
|
||||||
|
quency 2wo/n, the threshold hk is proportional to X1/n, i.e. it increases with n.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEMS
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 1. Obtain an expression correct as far as the term in h2 for the limits of the region
|
||||||
|
of instability for resonance near 2 = 2wo.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. We seek the solution of equation (27.8) in the form
|
||||||
|
x = ao cos(wo+1e)t +bo (wo+le)t +a1 cos 3( (wo+le)t +b1 sin 3(wo+le)t,
|
||||||
|
which includes terms of one higher order in h than (27.9). Since only the limits of the region
|
||||||
|
of instability are required, we treat the coefficients ao, bo, a1, b1 as constants in accordance
|
||||||
|
with the last footnote. Substituting in (27.8), we convert the products of trigonometrical
|
||||||
|
functions into sums and omit the terms of frequency 5(wo+1) in this approximation. The
|
||||||
|
result is
|
||||||
|
[
|
||||||
|
- cos(wo+l)
|
||||||
|
cos 3(wo+1e)tt
|
||||||
|
sin 3(wo+1e)t = 0.
|
||||||
|
In the terms of frequency wothe we retain terms of the second order of smallness, but in
|
||||||
|
those of frequency 3( (wo+1) only the first-order terms. Each of the expressions in brackets
|
||||||
|
must separately vanish. The last two give a1 = hao/16, b1 = hbo/16, and then the first two
|
||||||
|
give woe +thwo2+1e2-h2wo2/32 = 0.
|
||||||
|
Solving this as far as terms of order h2, we obtain the required limits of E:
|
||||||
|
= theo-h20003.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. Determine the limits of the region of instability in resonance near y = wo.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. Putting y = wote, we obtain the equation of motion
|
||||||
|
0.
|
||||||
|
Since the required limiting values of ~~h2, we seek a solution in the form
|
||||||
|
ao cos(wote)t sin(wote)t cos 2(wo+e)t +b1 sin 2(wo+e)t- +C1,
|
||||||
|
84
|
||||||
|
Small Oscillations
|
||||||
125
1/28-anharmonic-oscillations.md
Normal file
125
1/28-anharmonic-oscillations.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 28-anharmonic-oscillations
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
which includes terms of the first two orders. To determine the limits of instability, we again
|
||||||
|
treat the coefficients as constants, obtaining
|
||||||
|
cos(wote)t-
|
||||||
|
+[-2woebo+thwo861] sin(wo+e)t.
|
||||||
|
+[-30002a1+thanoPao] cos 2(wote)t+
|
||||||
|
sin 2(wote)t+[c1wo+thwo2ao] 0.
|
||||||
|
Hence a1 = hao/6, b1 = hbo/6, C1 = -thao, and the limits aret € = -5h2wo/24, € = h2wo/24.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 3. Find the conditions for parametric resonance in small oscillations of a simple
|
||||||
|
pendulum whose point of support oscillates vertically.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The Lagrangian derived in §5, Problem 3(c), gives for small oscillations
|
||||||
|
( < 1) the equation of motion + wo2[1+(4a/1) cos(2wo+t)) = 0, where wo2 = g/l.
|
||||||
|
Hence we see that the parameter h is here represented by 4all. The condition (27.11), for
|
||||||
|
example, becomes |
|
||||||
|
§28. Anharmonic oscillations
|
||||||
|
The whole of the theory of small oscillations discussed above is based on
|
||||||
|
the expansion of the potential and kinetic energies of the system in terms of
|
||||||
|
the co-ordinates and velocities, retaining only the second-order terms. The
|
||||||
|
equations of motion are then linear, and in this approximation we speak of
|
||||||
|
linear oscillations. Although such an expansion is entirely legitimate when
|
||||||
|
the amplitude of the oscillations is sufficiently small, in higher approxima-
|
||||||
|
tions (called anharmonic or non-linear oscillations) some minor but qualitatively
|
||||||
|
different properties of the motion appear.
|
||||||
|
Let us consider the expansion of the Lagrangian as far as the third-order
|
||||||
|
terms. In the potential energy there appear terms of degree three in the co-
|
||||||
|
ordinates Xi, and in the kinetic energy terms containing products of velocities
|
||||||
|
and co-ordinates, of the form XEXKXI. This difference from the previous
|
||||||
|
expression (23.3) is due to the retention of terms linear in x in the expansion
|
||||||
|
of the functions aik(q). Thus the Lagrangian is of the form
|
||||||
|
(28.1)
|
||||||
|
where Nikl, liki are further constant coefficients.
|
||||||
|
If we change from arbitrary co-ordinates Xi to the normal co-ordinates Qx
|
||||||
|
of the linear approximation, then, because this transformation is linear, the
|
||||||
|
third and fourth sums in (28.1) become similar sums with Qx and Qa in place
|
||||||
|
t
|
||||||
|
Generally, the width AE of the region of instability in resonance near the frequency
|
||||||
|
2wo/n is given by
|
||||||
|
AE =
|
||||||
|
a result due to M. BELL (Proceedings of the Glasgow Mathematical Association 3, 132, 1957).
|
||||||
|
§28
|
||||||
|
Anharmonic oscillations
|
||||||
|
85
|
||||||
|
of the co-ordinates Xi and the velocities Xr. Denoting the coefficients in these
|
||||||
|
new sums by dapy and Hapy's we have the Lagrangian in the form
|
||||||
|
(28.2)
|
||||||
|
a
|
||||||
|
a,B,Y
|
||||||
|
We shall not pause to write out in their entirety the equations of motion
|
||||||
|
derived from this Lagrangian. The important feature of these equations is
|
||||||
|
that they are of the form
|
||||||
|
(28.3)
|
||||||
|
where fa are homogeneous functions, of degree two, of the co-ordinates Q
|
||||||
|
and their time derivatives.
|
||||||
|
Using the method of successive approximations, we seek a solution of
|
||||||
|
these equations in the form
|
||||||
|
(28.4)
|
||||||
|
where Qa2, and the Qx(1) satisfy the "unperturbed" equations
|
||||||
|
i.e. they are ordinary harmonic oscillations:
|
||||||
|
(28.5)
|
||||||
|
Retaining only the second-order terms on the right-hand side of (28.3) in
|
||||||
|
the next approximation, we have for the Qx(2) the equations
|
||||||
|
(28.6)
|
||||||
|
where (28.5) is to be substituted on the right. This gives a set of inhomo-
|
||||||
|
geneous linear differential equations, in which the right-hand sides can be
|
||||||
|
represented as sums of simple periodic functions. For example,
|
||||||
|
cos(wpt + ag)
|
||||||
|
Thus the right-hand sides of equations (28.6) contain terms corresponding
|
||||||
|
to oscillations whose frequencies are the sums and differences of the eigen-
|
||||||
|
frequencies of the system. The solution of these equations must be sought
|
||||||
|
in a form involving similar periodic factors, and so we conclude that, in the
|
||||||
|
second approximation, additional oscillations with frequencies
|
||||||
|
wa+w
|
||||||
|
(28.7)
|
||||||
|
including the double frequencies 2wa and the frequency zero (corresponding
|
||||||
|
to a constant displacement), are superposed on the normal oscillations of the
|
||||||
|
system. These are called combination frequencies. The corresponding ampli-
|
||||||
|
tudes are proportional to the products Axap (or the squares aa2) of the cor-
|
||||||
|
responding normal amplitudes.
|
||||||
|
In higher approximations, when further terms are included in the expan-
|
||||||
|
sion of the Lagrangian, combination frequencies occur which are the sums
|
||||||
|
and differences of more than two Wa; and a further phenomenon also appears.
|
||||||
|
86
|
||||||
|
Small Oscillations
|
||||||
|
§28
|
||||||
|
In the third approximation, the combination frequencies include some which
|
||||||
|
coincide with the original frequencies W Wa+wp-wp). When the method
|
||||||
|
described above is used, the right-hand sides of the equations of motion there-
|
||||||
|
fore include resonance terms, which lead to terms in the solution whose
|
||||||
|
amplitude increases with time. It is physically evident, however, that the
|
||||||
|
magnitude of the oscillations cannot increase of itself in a closed system
|
||||||
|
with no external source of energy.
|
||||||
|
In reality, the fundamental frequencies Wa in higher approximations are
|
||||||
|
not equal to their "unperturbed" values wa(0) which appear in the quadratic
|
||||||
|
expression for the potential energy. The increasing terms in the solution
|
||||||
|
arise from an expansion of the type
|
||||||
|
which is obviously not legitimate when t is sufficiently large.
|
||||||
|
In going to higher approximations, therefore, the method of successive
|
||||||
|
approximations must be modified so that the periodic factors in the solution
|
||||||
|
shall contain the exact and not approximate values of the frequencies. The
|
||||||
|
necessary changes in the frequencies are found by solving the equations and
|
||||||
|
requiring that resonance terms should not in fact appear.
|
||||||
|
We may illustrate this method by taking the example of anharmonic oscil-
|
||||||
|
lations in one dimension, and writing the Lagrangian in the form
|
||||||
|
L =
|
||||||
|
(28.8)
|
||||||
|
The corresponding equation of motion is
|
||||||
|
(28.9)
|
||||||
|
We shall seek the solution as a series of successive approximations:
|
||||||
|
where
|
||||||
|
x(1) = a cos wt,
|
||||||
|
(28.10)
|
||||||
|
with the exact value of w, which in turn we express as w=wotw1)+w(2)+....
|
||||||
|
(The initial phase in x(1) can always be made zero by a suitable choice of the
|
||||||
|
origin of time.) The form (28.9) of the equation of motion is not the most
|
||||||
|
convenient, since, when (28.10) is substituted in (28.9), the left-hand side is
|
||||||
|
not exactly zero. We therefore rewrite it as
|
||||||
|
(28.11)
|
||||||
|
Putting x(1)+x(2), w wotwi and omitting terms of above the
|
||||||
|
second order of smallness, we obtain for x(2) the equation
|
||||||
|
= aa2 cos2wt+2wowlda cos wt
|
||||||
|
= 1xa2-1xa2 cos 2wt + 2wow1)a cos wt.
|
||||||
|
The condition for the resonance term to be absent from the right-hand side
|
||||||
|
is simply w(1) = 0, in agreement with the second approximation discussed
|
||||||
250
1/29-resonance-in-non-linear-oscillations.md
Normal file
250
1/29-resonance-in-non-linear-oscillations.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 29-resonance-in-non-linear-oscillations
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
Resonance in non-linear oscillations
|
||||||
|
87
|
||||||
|
at the beginning of this section. Solving the inhomogeneous linear equation
|
||||||
|
in the usual way, we have
|
||||||
|
(28.12)
|
||||||
|
Putting in (28.11) X wo+w(2), we obtain the equa-
|
||||||
|
tion for x(3)
|
||||||
|
= -
|
||||||
|
or, substituting on the right-hand side (28.10) and (28.12) and effecting
|
||||||
|
simple transformation,
|
||||||
|
wt.
|
||||||
|
Equating to zero the coefficient of the resonance term cos wt, we find the
|
||||||
|
correction to the fundamental frequency, which is proportional to the squared
|
||||||
|
amplitude of the oscillations:
|
||||||
|
(28.13)
|
||||||
|
The combination oscillation of the third order is
|
||||||
|
(28.14)
|
||||||
|
$29. Resonance in non-linear oscillations
|
||||||
|
When the anharmonic terms in forced oscillations of a system are taken
|
||||||
|
into account, the phenomena of resonance acquire new properties.
|
||||||
|
Adding to the right-hand side of equation (28.9) an external periodic force
|
||||||
|
of frequency y, we have
|
||||||
|
+2x+wo2x=(fm)cos = yt - ax2-Bx3;
|
||||||
|
(29.1)
|
||||||
|
here the frictional force, with damping coefficient A (assumed small) has also
|
||||||
|
been included. Strictly speaking, when non-linear terms are included in the
|
||||||
|
equation of free oscillations, the terms of higher order in the amplitude of
|
||||||
|
the external force (such as occur if it depends on the displacement x) should
|
||||||
|
also be included. We shall omit these terms merely to simplify the formulae;
|
||||||
|
they do not affect the qualitative results.
|
||||||
|
Let y = wote with E small, i.e. y be near the resonance value. To ascertain
|
||||||
|
the resulting type of motion, it is not necessary to consider equation (29.1)
|
||||||
|
if we argue as follows. In the linear approximation, the amplitude b is given
|
||||||
|
88
|
||||||
|
Small Oscillations
|
||||||
|
§29
|
||||||
|
near resonance, as a function of the amplitude f and frequency r of the
|
||||||
|
external force, by formula (26.7), which we write as
|
||||||
|
(29.2)
|
||||||
|
The non-linearity of the oscillations results in the appearance of an ampli-
|
||||||
|
tude dependence of the eigenfrequency, which we write as
|
||||||
|
wo+kb2,
|
||||||
|
(29.3)
|
||||||
|
the constant K being a definite function of the anharmonic coefficients (see
|
||||||
|
(28.13)). Accordingly, we replace wo by wo + kb2 in formula (29.2) (or, more
|
||||||
|
precisely, in the small difference y-wo). With y-wo=e, the resulting
|
||||||
|
equation is
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(29.4)
|
||||||
|
or
|
||||||
|
Equation (29.4) is a cubic equation in b2, and its real roots give the ampli-
|
||||||
|
tude of the forced oscillations. Let us consider how this amplitude depends
|
||||||
|
on the frequency of the external force for a given amplitude f of that force.
|
||||||
|
When f is sufficiently small, the amplitude b is also small, so that powers
|
||||||
|
of b above the second may be neglected in (29.4), and we return to the form
|
||||||
|
of b(e) given by (29.2), represented by a symmetrical curve with a maximum
|
||||||
|
at the point E = 0 (Fig. 32a). As f increases, the curve changes its shape,
|
||||||
|
though at first it retains its single maximum, which moves to positive E if
|
||||||
|
K > 0 (Fig. 32b). At this stage only one of the three roots of equation (29.4)
|
||||||
|
is real.
|
||||||
|
When f reaches a certain value f k (to be determined below), however, the
|
||||||
|
nature of the curve changes. For all f > fk there is a range of frequencies in
|
||||||
|
which equation (29.4) has three real roots, corresponding to the portion
|
||||||
|
BCDE in Fig. 32c.
|
||||||
|
The limits of this range are determined by the condition db/de = 8 which
|
||||||
|
holds at the points D and C. Differentiating equation (29.4) with respect to
|
||||||
|
€, we have
|
||||||
|
db/de =
|
||||||
|
Hence the points D and C are determined by the simultaneous solution of
|
||||||
|
the equations
|
||||||
|
2-4kb2e+3k264+2 0
|
||||||
|
(29.5)
|
||||||
|
and (29.4). The corresponding values of E are both positive. The greatest
|
||||||
|
amplitude is reached where db/de = 0. This gives E = kb2, and from (29.4)
|
||||||
|
we have
|
||||||
|
bmax = f/2mwod;
|
||||||
|
(29.6)
|
||||||
|
this is the same as the maximum value given by (29.2).
|
||||||
|
§29
|
||||||
|
Resonance in non-linear oscillations
|
||||||
|
89
|
||||||
|
It may be shown (though we shall not pause to do so heret) that, of the
|
||||||
|
three real roots of equation (29.4), the middle one (represented by the dotted
|
||||||
|
part CD of the curve in Fig. 32c) corresponds to unstable oscillations of the
|
||||||
|
system: any action, no matter how slight, on a system in such a state causes
|
||||||
|
it to oscillate in a manner corresponding to the largest or smallest root (BC
|
||||||
|
or DE). Thus only the branches ABC and DEF correspond to actual oscil-
|
||||||
|
lations of the system. A remarkable feature here is the existence of a range of
|
||||||
|
frequencies in which two different amplitudes of oscillation are possible. For
|
||||||
|
example, as the frequency of the external force gradually increases, the ampli-
|
||||||
|
tude of the forced oscillations increases along ABC. At C there is a dis-
|
||||||
|
continuity of the amplitude, which falls abruptly to the value corresponding
|
||||||
|
to E, afterwards decreasing along the curve EF as the frequency increases
|
||||||
|
further. If the frequency is now diminished, the amplitude of the forced
|
||||||
|
oscillations varies along FD, afterwards increasing discontinuously from D
|
||||||
|
to B and then decreasing along BA.
|
||||||
|
b
|
||||||
|
(a)
|
||||||
|
to
|
||||||
|
b
|
||||||
|
(b)
|
||||||
|
f<f
|
||||||
|
b
|
||||||
|
(c)
|
||||||
|
f>tp
|
||||||
|
B
|
||||||
|
C
|
||||||
|
Di
|
||||||
|
A
|
||||||
|
E
|
||||||
|
F
|
||||||
|
€
|
||||||
|
FIG. 32
|
||||||
|
To calculate the value of fk, we notice that it is the value of f for which
|
||||||
|
the two roots of the quadratic equation in b2 (29.5) coincide; for f = f16, the
|
||||||
|
section CD reduces to a point of inflection. Equating to zero the discriminant
|
||||||
|
t The proof is given by, for example, N.N. BOGOLIUBOV and Y.A. MITROPOLSKY, Asymp-
|
||||||
|
totic Methods in the Theory of Non-Linear Oscillations, Hindustan Publishing Corporation,
|
||||||
|
Delhi 1961.
|
||||||
|
4
|
||||||
|
90
|
||||||
|
Small Oscillations
|
||||||
|
§29
|
||||||
|
of (29.5), we find E2 = 3X², and the corresponding double root is kb2 = 2e/3.
|
||||||
|
Substitution of these values of b and E in (29.4) gives
|
||||||
|
32m2wo2x3/31/3k.
|
||||||
|
(29.7)
|
||||||
|
Besides the change in the nature of the phenomena of resonance at fre-
|
||||||
|
quencies y 22 wo, the non-linearity of the oscillations leads also to new
|
||||||
|
resonances in which oscillations of frequency close to wo are excited by an
|
||||||
|
external force of frequency considerably different from wo.
|
||||||
|
Let the frequency of the external force y 22 two, i.e. y = two+e. In the
|
||||||
|
first (linear) approximation, it causes oscillations of the system with the same
|
||||||
|
frequency and with amplitude proportional to that of the force:
|
||||||
|
x(1)= (4f/3mwo2) cos(two+e)t
|
||||||
|
(see (22.4)). When the non-linear terms are included (second approximation),
|
||||||
|
these oscillations give rise to terms of frequency 2y 22 wo on the right-hand
|
||||||
|
side of the equation of motion (29.1). Substituting x(1) in the equation
|
||||||
|
= -
|
||||||
|
using the cosine of the double angle and retaining only the resonance term
|
||||||
|
on the right-hand side, we have
|
||||||
|
= - (8xf2/9m2w04) cos(wo+2e)t.
|
||||||
|
(29.8)
|
||||||
|
This equation differs from (29.1) only in that the amplitude f of the force is
|
||||||
|
replaced by an expression proportional to f2. This means that the resulting
|
||||||
|
resonance is of the same type as that considered above for frequencies
|
||||||
|
y 22 wo, but is less strong. The function b(e) is obtained by replacing f by
|
||||||
|
- 8xf2/9mwo4, and E by 2e, in (29.4):
|
||||||
|
62[(2e-kb2)2+12] = 16x2f4/81m4w010.
|
||||||
|
(29.9)
|
||||||
|
Next, let the frequency of the external force be 2= 2wote In the first
|
||||||
|
approximation, we have x(1) = - (f/3mwo2) cos(2wo+e)t. On substituting
|
||||||
|
in equation (29.1), we do not obtain terms representing an
|
||||||
|
external force in resonance such as occurred in the previous case. There is,
|
||||||
|
however, a parametric resonance resulting from the third-order term pro-
|
||||||
|
portional to the product x(1)x(2). If only this is retained out of the non-linear
|
||||||
|
terms, the equation for x(2) is
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
or
|
||||||
|
(29.10)
|
||||||
|
i.e. an equation of the type (27.8) (including friction), which leads, as we
|
||||||
|
have seen, to an instability of the oscillations in a certain range of frequencies.
|
||||||
|
§29
|
||||||
|
Resonance in non-linear oscillations
|
||||||
|
91
|
||||||
|
This equation, however, does not suffice to determine the resulting ampli-
|
||||||
|
tude of the oscillations. The attainment of a finite amplitude involves non-
|
||||||
|
linear effects, and to include these in the equation of motion we must retain
|
||||||
|
also the terms non-linear in x(2):
|
||||||
|
= cos(2wo+e)t. (29.11)
|
||||||
|
The problem can be considerably simplified by virtue of the following fact.
|
||||||
|
Putting on the right-hand side of (29.11) x(2) = b cos[(wo++)+8], where
|
||||||
|
b is the required amplitude of the resonance oscillations and 8 a constant
|
||||||
|
phase difference which is of no importance in what follows, and writing the
|
||||||
|
product of cosines as a sum, we obtain a term (afb/3mwo2)
|
||||||
|
of the ordinary resonance type (with respect to the eigenfrequency wo of the
|
||||||
|
system). The problem thus reduces to that considered at the beginning of
|
||||||
|
this section, namely ordinary resonance in a non-linear system, the only
|
||||||
|
differences being that the amplitude of the external force is here represented
|
||||||
|
by afb/3wo2, and E is replaced by 1/6. Making this change in equation (29.4),
|
||||||
|
we have
|
||||||
|
Solving for b, we find the possible values of the amplitude:
|
||||||
|
b=0,
|
||||||
|
(29.12)
|
||||||
|
(29.13)
|
||||||
|
1
|
||||||
|
(29.14)
|
||||||
|
Figure 33 shows the resulting dependence of b on € for K > 0; for K < 0
|
||||||
|
the curves are the reflections (in the b-axis) of those shown. The points B
|
||||||
|
and C correspond to the values E = To the left of
|
||||||
|
B, only the value b = 0 is possible, i.e. there is no resonance, and oscillations
|
||||||
|
of frequency near wo are not excited. Between B and C there are two roots,
|
||||||
|
b = 0(BC) and (29.13) (BE). Finally, to the right of C there are three roots
|
||||||
|
(29.12)-(29.14). Not all these, however, correspond to stable oscillations.
|
||||||
|
The value b = 0 is unstable on BC, and it can also be shown that the middle
|
||||||
|
root (29.14) always gives instability. The unstable values of b are shown in
|
||||||
|
Fig. 33 by dashed lines.
|
||||||
|
Let us examine, for example, the behaviour of a system initially "at rest"
|
||||||
|
as the frequency of the external force is gradually diminished. Until the point
|
||||||
|
t This segment corresponds to the region of parametric resonance (27.12), and a com-
|
||||||
|
parison of (29.10) and (27.8) gives 1h = 2af/3mwo4. The condition 12af/3mwo3 > 4X for
|
||||||
|
which the phenomenon can exist corresponds to h > hk.
|
||||||
|
+ It should be recalled that only resonance phenomena are under consideration. If these
|
||||||
|
phenomena are absent, the system is not literally at rest, but executes small forced oscillations
|
||||||
|
of frequency y.
|
||||||
|
92
|
||||||
|
Small Oscillations
|
||||||
|
§29
|
||||||
|
C is reached, b = 0, but at C the state of the system passes discontinuously
|
||||||
|
to the branch EB. As € decreases further, the amplitude of the oscillations
|
||||||
|
decreases to zero at B. When the frequency increases again, the amplitude
|
||||||
|
increases along BE.-
|
||||||
|
b
|
||||||
|
E
|
||||||
|
E
|
||||||
|
A
|
||||||
|
B
|
||||||
|
C D
|
||||||
|
FIG. 33
|
||||||
|
The cases of resonance discussed above are the principal ones which may
|
||||||
|
occur in a non-linear oscillating system. In higher approximations, resonances
|
||||||
|
appear at other frequencies also. Strictly speaking, a resonance must occur
|
||||||
|
at every frequency y for which ny + mwo = wo with n and m integers, i.e. for
|
||||||
|
every y = pwo/q with P and q integers. As the degree of approximation
|
||||||
|
increases, however, the strength of the resonances, and the widths of the
|
||||||
|
frequency ranges in which they occur, decrease so rapidly that in practice
|
||||||
|
only the resonances at frequencies y 2 pwo/q with small P and q can be ob-
|
||||||
|
served.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM
|
||||||
|
Determine the function b(e) for resonance at frequencies y 22 3 wo.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. In the first approximation, x(1) = -(f/8mwo2) cos(3wo+t) For the second
|
||||||
|
approximation x(2) we have from (29.1) the equation
|
||||||
|
= -3,8x(1)x(2)2,
|
||||||
|
where only the term which gives the required resonance has been retained on the right-hand
|
||||||
|
side. Putting x(2) = b cos[(wo+)+8] and taking the resonance term out of the product
|
||||||
|
of three cosines, we obtain on the right-hand side the expression
|
||||||
|
(3,3b2f(32mwo2) cos[(wotle)t-28].
|
||||||
|
Hence it is evident that b(e) is obtained by replacing f by 3,8b2f/32wo², and E by JE, in
|
||||||
|
(29.4):
|
||||||
|
Ab4.
|
||||||
|
The roots of this equation are
|
||||||
|
b=0,
|
||||||
|
Fig. 34 shows a graph of the function b(e) for k>0. Only the value b=0 (the e-axis) and
|
||||||
|
the branch AB corresponds to stability. The point A corresponds to EK = 3(4x2)2-A3)/4kA,
|
||||||
|
t It must be noticed, however, that all the formulae derived here are valid only when the
|
||||||
|
amplitude b (and also E) is sufficiently small. In reality, the curves BE and CF meet, and at
|
||||||
|
their point of intersection the oscillation ceases; thereafter, b = 0.
|
||||||
149
1/30-motion-in-a-rapidly-oscillating-field.md
Normal file
149
1/30-motion-in-a-rapidly-oscillating-field.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 30-motion-in-a-rapidly-oscillating-field
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
Motion in a rapidly oscillating field
|
||||||
|
93
|
||||||
|
bk2 = Oscillations exist only for € > Ek, and then b > bk. Since the state
|
||||||
|
b = 0 is always stable, an initial "push" is necessary in order to excite oscillations.
|
||||||
|
The formulae given above are valid only for small E. This condition is satisfied if 1 is small
|
||||||
|
and also the amplitude of the force is such that 2/wo < A KWO.
|
||||||
|
b
|
||||||
|
B
|
||||||
|
A
|
||||||
|
€
|
||||||
|
FIG. 34
|
||||||
|
§30. Motion in a rapidly oscillating field
|
||||||
|
Let us consider the motion of a particle subject both to a time-independent
|
||||||
|
field of potential U and to a force
|
||||||
|
f=f1coswt+fasin.ou
|
||||||
|
(30.1)
|
||||||
|
which varies in time with a high frequency w (f1, f2 being functions of the
|
||||||
|
co-ordinates only). By a "high" frequency we mean one such that w > 1/T,
|
||||||
|
where T is the order of magnitude of the period of the motion which the
|
||||||
|
particle would execute in the field U alone. The magnitude of f is not assumed
|
||||||
|
small in comparison with the forces due to the field U, but we shall assume
|
||||||
|
that the oscillation (denoted below by $) of the particle as a result of this
|
||||||
|
force is small.
|
||||||
|
To simplify the calculations, let us first consider motion in one dimension
|
||||||
|
in a field depending only on the space co-ordinate X. Then the equation of
|
||||||
|
motion of the particle ist
|
||||||
|
mx = -dU/dx+f.
|
||||||
|
(30.2)
|
||||||
|
It is evident, from the nature of the field in which the particle moves, that
|
||||||
|
it will traverse a smooth path and at the same time execute small oscillations
|
||||||
|
of frequency w about that path. Accordingly, we represent the function x(t)
|
||||||
|
as a sum:
|
||||||
|
(30.3)
|
||||||
|
where (t) corresponds to these small oscillations.
|
||||||
|
The mean value of the function (t) over its period 2n/w is zero, and the
|
||||||
|
function X(t) changes only slightly in that time. Denoting this average by a
|
||||||
|
bar, we therefore have x = X(t), i.e. X(t) describes the "smooth" motion of
|
||||||
|
t The co-ordinate x need not be Cartesian, and the coefficient m is therefore not neces-
|
||||||
|
sarily the mass of the particle, nor need it be constant as has been assumed in (30.2). This
|
||||||
|
assumption, however, does not affect the final result (see the last footnote to this section).
|
||||||
|
94
|
||||||
|
Small Oscillations
|
||||||
|
§30
|
||||||
|
the particle averaged over the rapid oscillations. We shall derive an equation
|
||||||
|
which determines the function X(t).t
|
||||||
|
Substituting (30.3) in (30.2) and expanding in powers of & as far as the
|
||||||
|
first-order terms, we obtain
|
||||||
|
(30.4)
|
||||||
|
This equation involves both oscillatory and "smooth" terms, which must
|
||||||
|
evidently be separately equal. For the oscillating terms we can put simply
|
||||||
|
mg = f(X, t);
|
||||||
|
(30.5)
|
||||||
|
the other terms contain the small factor & and are therefore of a higher order
|
||||||
|
of smallness (but the derivative sur is proportional to the large quantity w2
|
||||||
|
and so is not small). Integrating equation (30.5) with the function f given by
|
||||||
|
(30.1) (regarding X as a constant), we have
|
||||||
|
& = -f/mw2.
|
||||||
|
(30.6)
|
||||||
|
Next, we average equation (30.4) with respect to time (in the sense discussed
|
||||||
|
above). Since the mean values of the first powers of f and $ are zero, the result
|
||||||
|
is
|
||||||
|
dX
|
||||||
|
which involves only the function X(t). This equation can be written
|
||||||
|
mX = dUeff/dX,
|
||||||
|
(30.7)
|
||||||
|
where the "effective potential energy" is defined ast
|
||||||
|
Ueff = U+f2/2mw2
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(30.8)
|
||||||
|
Comparing this expression with (30.6), we easily see that the term added to
|
||||||
|
U is just the mean kinetic energy of the oscillatory motion:
|
||||||
|
Ueff= U+1mg2
|
||||||
|
(30.9)
|
||||||
|
Thus the motion of the particle averaged over the oscillations is the same
|
||||||
|
as if the constant potential U were augmented by a constant quantity pro-
|
||||||
|
portional to the squared amplitude of the variable field.
|
||||||
|
t The principle of this derivation is due to P. L. KAPITZA (1951).
|
||||||
|
++ By means of somewhat more lengthy calculations it is easy to show that formulae (30.7)
|
||||||
|
and (30.8) remain valid even if m is a function of X.
|
||||||
|
§30
|
||||||
|
Motion in a rapidly oscillating field
|
||||||
|
95
|
||||||
|
The result can easily be generalised to the case of a system with any number
|
||||||
|
of degrees of freedom, described by generalised co-ordinates qi. The effective
|
||||||
|
potential energy is then given not by (30.8), but by
|
||||||
|
Unt = Ut
|
||||||
|
= U+ ,
|
||||||
|
(30.10)
|
||||||
|
where the quantities a-1ik, which are in general functions of the co-ordinates,
|
||||||
|
are the elements of the matrix inverse to the matrix of the coefficients aik in
|
||||||
|
the kinetic energy (5.5) of the system.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEMS
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 1. Determine the positions of stable equilibrium of a pendulum whose point of
|
||||||
|
support oscillates vertically with a high frequency y
|
||||||
|
(g/l)).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. From the Lagrangian derived in §5, Problem 3(c), we see that in this case the
|
||||||
|
variable force is f = -mlay2 cos yt sin (the quantity x being here represented by the angle
|
||||||
|
b). The "effective potential energy" is therefore Ueff = mgl[-cos - & st(a2y2/4gl) sin2]. The
|
||||||
|
positions of stable equilibrium correspond to the minima of this function. The vertically
|
||||||
|
downward position ( = 0) is always stable. If the condition a2y2 > 2gl holds, the vertically
|
||||||
|
upward position ( = ) is also stable.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. The same as Problem 1, but for a pendulum whose point of support oscillates
|
||||||
|
horizontally.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. From the Lagrangian derived in §5, Problem 3(b), we find f = mlay2 cos yt
|
||||||
|
cos and Uell = mgl[-cos 3+(a2y2/4gl) cos2]. If a2y2 < 2gl, the position = 0 is stable.
|
||||||
|
If a2y2 > 2gl, on the other hand, the stable equilibrium position is given by cos = 2gl/a22.
|
||||||
|
CHAPTER VI
|
||||||
|
MOTION OF A RIGID BODY
|
||||||
|
$31. Angular velocity
|
||||||
|
A rigid body may be defined in mechanics as a system of particles such that
|
||||||
|
the distances between the particles do not vary. This condition can, of course,
|
||||||
|
be satisfied only approximately by systems which actually exist in nature.
|
||||||
|
The majority of solid bodies, however, change so little in shape and size
|
||||||
|
under ordinary conditions that these changes may be entirely neglected in
|
||||||
|
considering the laws of motion of the body as a whole.
|
||||||
|
In what follows, we shall often simplify the derivations by regarding a
|
||||||
|
rigid body as a discrete set of particles, but this in no way invalidates the
|
||||||
|
assertion that solid bodies may usually be regarded in mechanics as continu-
|
||||||
|
ous, and their internal structure disregarded. The passage from the formulae
|
||||||
|
which involve a summation over discrete particles to those for a continuous
|
||||||
|
body is effected by simply replacing the mass of each particle by the mass
|
||||||
|
P dV contained in a volume element dV (p being the density) and the sum-
|
||||||
|
mation by an integration over the volume of the body.
|
||||||
|
To describe the motion of a rigid body, we use two systems of co-ordinates:
|
||||||
|
a "fixed" (i.e. inertial) system XYZ, and a moving system X1 = x, X2 = y,
|
||||||
|
X3 = 2 which is supposed to be rigidly fixed in the body and to participate
|
||||||
|
in its motion. The origin of the moving system may conveniently be taken
|
||||||
|
to coincide with the centre of mass of the body.
|
||||||
|
The position of the body with respect to the fixed system of co-ordinates
|
||||||
|
is completely determined if the position of the moving system is specified.
|
||||||
|
Let the origin O of the moving system have the radius vector R (Fig. 35).
|
||||||
|
The orientation of the axes of that system relative to the fixed system is given
|
||||||
|
by three independent angles, which together with the three components of
|
||||||
|
the vector R make six co-ordinates. Thus a rigid body is a mechanical system
|
||||||
|
with six degrees of freedom.
|
||||||
|
Let us consider an arbitrary infinitesimal displacement of a rigid body.
|
||||||
|
It can be represented as the sum of two parts. One of these is an infinitesimal
|
||||||
|
translation of the body, whereby the centre of mass moves to its final position,
|
||||||
|
but the orientation of the axes of the moving system of co-ordinates is un-
|
||||||
|
changed. The other is an infinitesimal rotation about the centre of mass,
|
||||||
|
whereby the remainder of the body moves to its final position.
|
||||||
|
Let r be the radius vector of an arbitrary point P in a rigid body in the
|
||||||
|
moving system, and r the radius vector of the same point in the fixed system
|
||||||
|
(Fig. 35). Then the infinitesimal displacement dr of P consists of a displace-
|
||||||
|
ment dR, equal to that of the centre of mass, and a displacement doxr
|
||||||
|
96
|
||||||
54
1/31-angular-velocity.md
Normal file
54
1/31-angular-velocity.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 31-angular-velocity
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
Angular velocity
|
||||||
|
97
|
||||||
|
relative to the centre of mass resulting from a rotation through an infinitesimal
|
||||||
|
angle do (see (9.1)): dr = dR + do xr. Dividing this equation by the time
|
||||||
|
dt during which the displacement occurs, and putting
|
||||||
|
dr/dt = V,
|
||||||
|
dR/dt =
|
||||||
|
do/dt = La
|
||||||
|
(31.1)
|
||||||
|
we obtain the relation
|
||||||
|
V = V+Sxr.
|
||||||
|
(31.2)
|
||||||
|
Z
|
||||||
|
X3
|
||||||
|
P
|
||||||
|
X2
|
||||||
|
r
|
||||||
|
o
|
||||||
|
R
|
||||||
|
X1
|
||||||
|
Y
|
||||||
|
X
|
||||||
|
FIG. 35
|
||||||
|
The vector V is the velocity of the centre of mass of the body, and is also
|
||||||
|
the translational velocity of the body. The vector S is called the angular
|
||||||
|
velocity of the rotation of the body; its direction, like that of do, is along the
|
||||||
|
axis of rotation. Thus the velocity V of any point in the body relative to the
|
||||||
|
fixed system of co-ordinates can be expressed in terms of the translational
|
||||||
|
velocity of the body and its angular velocity of rotation.
|
||||||
|
It should be emphasised that, in deriving formula (31.2), no use has been
|
||||||
|
made of the fact that the origin is located at the centre of mass. The advan-
|
||||||
|
tages of this choice of origin will become evident when we come to calculate
|
||||||
|
the energy of the moving body.
|
||||||
|
Let us now assume that the system of co-ordinates fixed in the body is
|
||||||
|
such that its origin is not at the centre of mass O, but at some point O' at
|
||||||
|
a distance a from O. Let the velocity of O' be V', and the angular velocity
|
||||||
|
of the new system of co-ordinates be S'. We again consider some point P
|
||||||
|
in the body, and denote by r' its radius vector with respect to O'. Then
|
||||||
|
= r'+a, and substitution in (31.2) gives V = V+2xa+2xr'. The
|
||||||
|
definition of V' and S' shows that V = Hence it follows that
|
||||||
|
(31.3)
|
||||||
|
The second of these equations is very important. We see that the angular
|
||||||
|
velocity of rotation, at any instant, of a system of co-ordinates fixed in
|
||||||
|
the body is independent of the particular system chosen. All such systems
|
||||||
|
t
|
||||||
|
To avoid any misunderstanding, it should be noted that this way of expressing the angular
|
||||||
|
velocity is somewhat arbitrary: the vector so exists only for an infinitesimal rotation, and not
|
||||||
|
for all finite rotations.
|
||||||
|
4*
|
||||||
|
98
|
||||||
|
Motion of a Rigid Body
|
||||||
298
1/32-the-inertia-tensor.md
Normal file
298
1/32-the-inertia-tensor.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 32-the-inertia-tensor
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
rotate with angular velocities S which are equal in magnitude and parallel
|
||||||
|
in direction. This enables us to call S the angular velocity of the body. The
|
||||||
|
velocity of the translational motion, however, does not have this "absolute"
|
||||||
|
property.
|
||||||
|
It is seen from the first formula (31.3) that, if V and S are, at any given
|
||||||
|
instant, perpendicular for some choice of the origin O, then V' and SS are
|
||||||
|
perpendicular for any other origin O'. Formula (31.2) shows that in this case
|
||||||
|
the velocities V of all points in the body are perpendicular to S. It is then
|
||||||
|
always possible+ to choose an origin O' whose velocity V' is zero, SO that the
|
||||||
|
motion of the body at the instant considered is a pure rotation about an axis
|
||||||
|
through O'. This axis is called the instantaneous axis of rotation.t
|
||||||
|
In what follows we shall always suppose that the origin of the moving
|
||||||
|
system is taken to be at the centre of mass of the body, and so the axis of
|
||||||
|
rotation passes through the centre of mass. In general both the magnitude
|
||||||
|
and the direction of S vary during the motion.
|
||||||
|
$32. The inertia tensor
|
||||||
|
To calculate the kinetic energy of a rigid body, we may consider it as a
|
||||||
|
discrete system of particles and put T = mv2, where the summation is
|
||||||
|
taken over all the particles in the body. Here, and in what follows, we simplify
|
||||||
|
the notation by omitting the suffix which denumerates the particles.
|
||||||
|
Substitution of (31.2) gives
|
||||||
|
T = Sxx+
|
||||||
|
The velocities V and S are the same for every point in the body. In the first
|
||||||
|
term, therefore, V2 can be taken outside the summation sign, and Em is
|
||||||
|
just the mass of the body, which we denote by u. In the second term we put
|
||||||
|
EmV Sxr = Emr VxS = VxS Emr. Since we take the origin of the
|
||||||
|
moving system to be at the centre of mass, this term is zero, because Emr = 0.
|
||||||
|
Finally, in the third term we expand the squared vector product. The result
|
||||||
|
is
|
||||||
|
(32.1)
|
||||||
|
Thus the kinetic energy of a rigid body can be written as the sum of two
|
||||||
|
parts. The first term in (32.1) is the kinetic energy of the translational motion,
|
||||||
|
and is of the same form as if the whole mass of the body were concentrated
|
||||||
|
at the centre of mass. The second term is the kinetic energy of the rotation
|
||||||
|
with angular velocity S about an axis passing through the centre of mass.
|
||||||
|
It should be emphasised that this division of the kinetic energy into two parts
|
||||||
|
is possible only because the origin of the co-ordinate system fixed in the
|
||||||
|
body has been taken to be at its centre of mass.
|
||||||
|
t O' may, of course, lie outside the body.
|
||||||
|
+ In the general case where V and SC are not perpendicular, the origin may be chosen so
|
||||||
|
as to make V and S parallel, i.e. so that the motion consists (at the instant in question) of a
|
||||||
|
rotation about some axis together with a translation along that axis.
|
||||||
|
§32
|
||||||
|
The inertia tensor
|
||||||
|
99
|
||||||
|
We may rewrite the kinetic energy of rotation in tensor form, i.e. in terms
|
||||||
|
of the components Xi and O of the vectors r and L. We have
|
||||||
|
Here we have used the identity Oi = SikOk, where dik is the unit tensor,
|
||||||
|
whose components are unity for i = k and zero for i # k. In terms of the
|
||||||
|
tensor
|
||||||
|
(32.2)
|
||||||
|
we have finally the following expression for the kinetic energy of a rigid
|
||||||
|
body:
|
||||||
|
T =
|
||||||
|
(32.3)
|
||||||
|
The Lagrangian for a rigid body is obtained from (32.3) by subtracting
|
||||||
|
the potential energy:
|
||||||
|
L =
|
||||||
|
(32.4)
|
||||||
|
The potential energy is in general a function of the six variables which define
|
||||||
|
the position of the rigid body, e.g. the three co-ordinates X, Y, Z of the
|
||||||
|
centre of mass and the three angles which specify the relative orientation of
|
||||||
|
the moving and fixed co-ordinate axes.
|
||||||
|
The tensor Iik is called the inertia tensor of the body. It is symmetrical,
|
||||||
|
i.e.
|
||||||
|
Ik=Iki
|
||||||
|
(32.5)
|
||||||
|
as is evident from the definition (32.2). For clarity, we may give its com-
|
||||||
|
ponents explicitly:
|
||||||
|
TEST
|
||||||
|
(32.6)
|
||||||
|
m(x2+y2)
|
||||||
|
The components Ixx, Iyy, Izz are called the moments of inertia about the
|
||||||
|
corresponding axes.
|
||||||
|
The inertia tensor is evidently additive: the moments of inertia of a body
|
||||||
|
are the sums of those of its parts.
|
||||||
|
t In this chapter, the letters i, k, l are tensor suffixes and take the values 1, 2, 3. The
|
||||||
|
summation rule will always be used, i.e. summation signs are omitted, but summation over
|
||||||
|
the values 1, 2, 3 is implied whenever a suffix occurs twice in any expression. Such a suffix is
|
||||||
|
called a dummy suffix. For example, AiBi = A . B, Ai2 = AiA1 = A², etc. It is obvious that
|
||||||
|
dummy suffixes can be replaced by any other like suffixes, except ones which already appear
|
||||||
|
elsewhere in the expression concerned.
|
||||||
|
100
|
||||||
|
Motion of a Rigid Body
|
||||||
|
§32
|
||||||
|
If the body is regarded as continuous, the sum in the definition (32.2)
|
||||||
|
becomes an integral over the volume of the body:
|
||||||
|
(32.7)
|
||||||
|
Like any symmetrical tensor of rank two, the inertia tensor can be reduced
|
||||||
|
to diagonal form by an appropriate choice of the directions of the axes
|
||||||
|
X1, x2, X3. These directions are called the principal axes of inertia, and the
|
||||||
|
corresponding values of the diagonal components of the tensor are called the
|
||||||
|
principal moments of inertia; we shall denote them by I, I2, I3. When the
|
||||||
|
axes X1, X2, X3 are so chosen, the kinetic energy of rotation takes the very
|
||||||
|
simple form
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(32.8)
|
||||||
|
None of the three principal moments of inertia can exceed the sum of the
|
||||||
|
other two. For instance,
|
||||||
|
m(x12+x22) = I3.
|
||||||
|
(32.9)
|
||||||
|
A body whose three principal moments of inertia are all different is called
|
||||||
|
an asymmetrical top. If two are equal (I1 = I2 # I3), we have a symmetrical
|
||||||
|
top. In this case the direction of one of the principal axes in the x1x2-plane
|
||||||
|
may be chosen arbitrarily. If all three principal moments of inertia are equal,
|
||||||
|
the body is called a spherical top, and the three axes of inertia may be chosen
|
||||||
|
arbitrarily as any three mutually perpendicular axes.
|
||||||
|
The determination of the principal axes of inertia is much simplified if
|
||||||
|
the body is symmetrical, for it is clear that the position of the centre of mass
|
||||||
|
and the directions of the principal axes must have the same symmetry as
|
||||||
|
the body. For example, if the body has a plane of symmetry, the centre of
|
||||||
|
mass must lie in that plane, which also contains two of the principal axes of
|
||||||
|
inertia, while the third is perpendicular to the plane. An obvious case of this
|
||||||
|
kind is a coplanar system of particles. Here there is a simple relation between
|
||||||
|
the three principal moments of inertia. If the plane of the system is taken as
|
||||||
|
the x1x2-plane, then X3 = 0 for every particle, and so I = mx22, I2 = 12,
|
||||||
|
I3 = (12+x2)2, whence
|
||||||
|
(32.10)
|
||||||
|
If a body has an axis of symmetry of any order, the centre of mass must lie
|
||||||
|
on that axis, which is also one of the principal axes of inertia, while the other
|
||||||
|
two are perpendicular to it. If the axis is of order higher than the second,
|
||||||
|
the body is a symmetrical top. For any principal axis perpendicular to the
|
||||||
|
axis of symmetry can be turned through an angle different from 180° about the
|
||||||
|
latter, i.e. the choice of the perpendicular axes is not unique, and this can
|
||||||
|
happen only if the body is a symmetrical top.
|
||||||
|
A particular case here is a collinear system of particles. If the line of the
|
||||||
|
system is taken as the x3-axis, then X1 = X2 = 0 for every particle, and so
|
||||||
|
§32
|
||||||
|
The inertia tensor
|
||||||
|
101
|
||||||
|
two of the principal moments of inertia are equal and the third is zero:
|
||||||
|
I3 = 0.
|
||||||
|
(32.11)
|
||||||
|
Such a system is called a rotator. The characteristic property which distin-
|
||||||
|
guishes a rotator from other bodies is that it has only two, not three, rotational
|
||||||
|
degrees of freedom, corresponding to rotations about the X1 and X2 axes: it
|
||||||
|
is clearly meaningless to speak of the rotation of a straight line about itself.
|
||||||
|
Finally, we may note one further result concerning the calculation of the
|
||||||
|
inertia tensor. Although this tensor has been defined with respect to a system
|
||||||
|
of co-ordinates whose origin is at the centre of mass (as is necessary if the
|
||||||
|
fundamental formula (32.3) is to be valid), it may sometimes be more con-
|
||||||
|
veniently found by first calculating a similar tensor I' =
|
||||||
|
defined with respect to some other origin O'. If the distance OO' is repre-
|
||||||
|
sented by a vector a, then r = r'+a, Xi = x'i+ai; since, by the definition
|
||||||
|
of O, Emr = 0, we have
|
||||||
|
I'ikIk(a2ik-aiak).
|
||||||
|
(32.12)
|
||||||
|
Using this formula, we can easily calculate Iik if I'ik is known.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEMS
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 1. Determine the principal moments of inertia for the following types of mole-
|
||||||
|
cule, regarded as systems of particles at fixed distances apart: (a) a molecule of collinear
|
||||||
|
atoms, (b) a triatomic molecule which is an isosceles triangle (Fig. 36), (c) a tetratomic
|
||||||
|
molecule which is an equilateral-based tetrahedron (Fig. 37).
|
||||||
|
m2
|
||||||
|
X2
|
||||||
|
m2
|
||||||
|
h
|
||||||
|
x
|
||||||
|
m
|
||||||
|
a
|
||||||
|
a
|
||||||
|
m
|
||||||
|
a
|
||||||
|
m
|
||||||
|
m
|
||||||
|
a
|
||||||
|
FIG. 36
|
||||||
|
FIG. 37
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. (a)
|
||||||
|
Is = 0,
|
||||||
|
where Ma is the mass of the ath atom, lao the distance between the ath and bth atoms, and
|
||||||
|
the summation includes one term for every pair of atoms in the molecule.
|
||||||
|
For a diatomic molecule there is only one term in the sum, and the result is obvious it is
|
||||||
|
the product of the reduced mass of the two atoms and the square of the distance between
|
||||||
|
them: I1 = I2 = m1m2l2((m1+m2).
|
||||||
|
(b) The centre of mass is on the axis of symmetry of the triangle, at a distance X2 = mzh/u
|
||||||
|
from its base (h being the height of the triangle). The moments of inertia are I1 = 2m1m2h2/u,
|
||||||
|
I2 = 1m1a2, I3 = I+I2.
|
||||||
|
(c) The centre of mass is on the axis of symmetry of the tetrahedron, at a distance
|
||||||
|
X3 = mgh/u from its base (h being the height of the tetrahedron). The moments of inertia
|
||||||
|
102
|
||||||
|
Motion of a Rigid Body
|
||||||
|
§32
|
||||||
|
are I1 = = I3 = mia². If M1 = M2, h = (2/3)a, the molecule is a
|
||||||
|
regular tetrahedron and I1=I2 = I3 = mia2.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. Determine the principal moments of inertia for the following homogeneous
|
||||||
|
bodies: (a) a thin rod of length l, (b) a sphere of radius R, (c) a circular cylinder of radius R
|
||||||
|
and height h, (d) a rectangular parallelepiped of sides a, b, and c, (e) a circular cone of height
|
||||||
|
h and base radius R, (f) an ellipsoid of semiaxes a, b, c.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. (a) I1 = I2 = Trul2, I3 = 0 (we neglect the thickness of the rod).
|
||||||
|
(b) I1 = I2 = I3 = zuR2 (found by calculating the sum I+I+I3 = 2p dV).
|
||||||
|
(c) I1 = I2 = tu(R2+th2), I3 = tuR2 (where the x3-axis is along the axis of the cylinder).
|
||||||
|
(d) I1 = (2+c2), I2 = (a2+cc), I3 = 121(a2++b) (where the axes X1, x2, X3 are
|
||||||
|
along the sides a, b, c respectively).
|
||||||
|
(e) We first calculate the tensor I'ik with respect to axes whose origin is at the vertex of
|
||||||
|
the cone (Fig. 38). The calculation is simple if cylindrical co-ordinates are used, and the result
|
||||||
|
is I'1 = I'2 = I'3 = 2 The centre of mass is easily shown to be on the
|
||||||
|
axis of the cone and at a distance a = 3h from the vertex. Formula (32.12) therefore gives
|
||||||
|
I1 = I2 = I'1-2 = I3 = I'3 = TouR2.
|
||||||
|
X3,X3'
|
||||||
|
X2
|
||||||
|
xi
|
||||||
|
x2
|
||||||
|
FIG. 38
|
||||||
|
(f) The centre of mass is at the centre of the ellipsoid, and the principal axes of inertia are
|
||||||
|
along the axes of the ellipsoid. The integration over the volume of the ellipsoid can be reduced
|
||||||
|
to one over a sphere by the transformation x = as,y = bn, 2 = c5, which converts the equa-
|
||||||
|
tion of the surface of the ellipsoid 1 into that of the unit sphere
|
||||||
|
st+24's = 1.
|
||||||
|
For example, the moment of inertia about the x-axis is
|
||||||
|
dz
|
||||||
|
= tabcI'(b2 tc2),
|
||||||
|
where I' is the moment of inertia of a sphere of unit radius. Since the volume of the ellipsoid
|
||||||
|
is 4nabc/3, we find the moments of inertia I = tu(b2+c2), I2 = tu(a2+c2), I3 = tu(a2+b2).
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 3. Determine the frequency of small oscillations of a compound pendulum (a
|
||||||
|
rigid body swinging about a fixed horizontal axis in a gravitational field).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. Let l be the distance between the centre of mass of the pendulum and the axis
|
||||||
|
about which it rotates, and a, B, y the angles between the principal axes of inertia and the
|
||||||
|
axis of rotation. We take as the variable co-ordinate the angle between the vertical
|
||||||
|
and a line through the centre of mass perpendicular to the axis of rotation. The velocity of
|
||||||
|
the centre of mass is V = 10, and the components of the angular velocity along the principal
|
||||||
|
§32
|
||||||
|
The inertia tensor
|
||||||
|
103
|
||||||
|
axes of inertia are o cos a, b cos B, b cos y. Assuming the angle to be small, we find the
|
||||||
|
potential energy U = ugl(1-cos 9 22 12. The Lagrangian is therefore
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
The frequency of the oscillations is consequently
|
||||||
|
w2 = cos2y).
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 4. Find the kinetic energy of the system shown in Fig. 39: OA and AB are thin
|
||||||
|
uniform rods of length l hinged together at A. The rod OA rotates (in the plane of the diagram)
|
||||||
|
about O, while the end B of the rod AB slides along Ox.
|
||||||
|
A
|
||||||
|
l
|
||||||
|
l
|
||||||
|
x
|
||||||
|
B
|
||||||
|
FIG. 39
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The velocity of the centre of mass of the rod OA (which is at the middle of
|
||||||
|
the rod) is 110, where is the angle AOB. The kinetic energy of the rod OA is therefore
|
||||||
|
T1 = where u is the mass of each rod.
|
||||||
|
The Cartesian co-ordinates of the centre of mass of the rod AB are X = sl cos o, Y
|
||||||
|
= 1/ sin b. Since the angular velocity of rotation of this rod is also b, its kinetic energy is
|
||||||
|
T2 = = tul2(1- +8 sin2o)62 +1162. The total kinetic energy of this
|
||||||
|
system is therefore = I = Tzul2 (see Problem 2(a)).
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 5. Find the kinetic energy of a cylinder of radius R rolling on a plane, if the mass
|
||||||
|
of the cylinder is so distributed that one of the principal axes of inertia is parallel to the axis
|
||||||
|
of the cylinder and at a distance a from it, and the moment of inertia about that principal
|
||||||
|
axis is I.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. Let be the angle between the vertical and a line from the centre of mass
|
||||||
|
perpendicular to the axis of the cylinder (Fig. 40). The motion of the cylinder at any instant
|
||||||
|
R
|
||||||
|
FIG. 40
|
||||||
|
may be regarded as a pure rotation about an instantaneous axis which coincides with the
|
||||||
|
line where the cylinder touches the plane. The angular velocity of this rotation is o, since
|
||||||
|
the angular velocity of rotation about all parallel axes is the same. The centre of mass is at a
|
||||||
|
distance V(a2+R2-2aR cos ) from the instantaneous axis, and its velocity is therefore
|
||||||
|
V = bv /(a2+R2-2aR cos ). The total kinetic energy is
|
||||||
|
T = cos
|
||||||
|
104
|
||||||
|
Motion of a Rigid Body
|
||||||
|
§32
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 6. Find the kinetic energy of a homogeneous cylinder of radius a rolling inside
|
||||||
|
a cylindrical surface of radius R (Fig. 41).
|
||||||
|
R
|
||||||
|
FIG. 41
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. We use the angle between the vertical and the line joining the centres of the
|
||||||
|
cylinders. The centre of mass of the rolling cylinder is on the axis, and its velocity is V =
|
||||||
|
o(R-a). We can calculate the angular velocity as that of a pure rotation about an instantaneous
|
||||||
|
axis which coincides with the line of contact of the cylinders it is Q = V/a = p(R-a)/a.
|
||||||
|
If I3 is the moment of inertia about the axis of the cylinder, then
|
||||||
|
T =
|
||||||
|
I3 being given by Problem 2(c).
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 7. Find the kinetic energy of a homogeneous cone rolling on a plane.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. We denote by 0 the angle between the line OA in which the cone touches the
|
||||||
|
plane and some fixed direction in the plane (Fig. 42). The centre of mass is on the axis of the
|
||||||
|
cone, and its velocity V = a0 cos a, where 2a is the vertical angle of the cone and a the
|
||||||
|
Z
|
||||||
|
Y
|
||||||
|
A
|
||||||
|
FIG. 42
|
||||||
|
distance of the centre of mass from the vertex. The angular velocity can be calculated as
|
||||||
|
that of a pure rotation about the instantaneous axis OA: S2 = V/a sin a = é cot a. One of
|
||||||
|
the principal axes of inertia (x3) is along the axis of the cone, and we take another (x2) perpen-
|
||||||
|
dicular to the axis of the cone and to the line OA. Then the components of the vector S
|
||||||
|
(which is parallel to OA) along the principal axes of inertia are O sin a, 0, O cos a. The kinetic
|
||||||
|
energy is thus
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
= 3uh202(1+5 cos2x)/40,
|
||||||
|
where h is the height of the cone, and I1, I3 and a have been given in Problem 2(e).
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 8. Find the kinetic energy of a homogeneous cone whose base rolls on a plane
|
||||||
|
and whose vertex is fixed at a height above the plane equal to the radius of the base, so that
|
||||||
|
the axis of the cone is parallel to the plane.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. We use the angle 0 between a fixed direction in the plane and the projection
|
||||||
|
of the axis of the cone on the plane (Fig. 43). Then the velocity of the centre of mass is V = aß,
|
||||||
93
1/33-angular-momentum-of-a-rigid-body.md
Normal file
93
1/33-angular-momentum-of-a-rigid-body.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 33-angular-momentum-of-a-rigid-body
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
Angular momentum of a rigid body
|
||||||
|
105
|
||||||
|
the notation being as in Problem 7. The instantaneous axis of rotation is the generator OA
|
||||||
|
which passes through the point where the cone touches the plane. The centre of mass is at a
|
||||||
|
distance a sin a from this axis, and so l = V/a sin a = O/sin a. The components of the
|
||||||
|
vector Ca along the principal axes of inertia are, if the x2-axis is taken perpendicular to the
|
||||||
|
axis of the cone and to the line OA, O sin a = 6, 0, N cos a = è cot a. The kinetic energy
|
||||||
|
is therefore
|
||||||
|
T cot2a
|
||||||
|
= 314h282(sec2x+5)/40.
|
||||||
|
Z
|
||||||
|
0
|
||||||
|
Y
|
||||||
|
A
|
||||||
|
FIG. 43
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 9. Find the kinetic energy of a homogeneous ellipsoid which rotates about one
|
||||||
|
of its axes (AB in Fig. 44) while that axis itself rotates about a line CD perpendicular to it
|
||||||
|
and passing through the centre of the ellipsoid.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. Let the angle of rotation about CD be 0, and that about AB (i.e. the angle
|
||||||
|
between CD and the x1-axis of inertia, which is perpendicular to AB) be . Then the com-
|
||||||
|
ponents of S along the axes of inertia are é cos , 0 sin , b, if the x3-axis is AB. Since the
|
||||||
|
centre of mass, at the centre of the ellipsoid, is at rest, the kinetic energy is
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
D
|
||||||
|
B
|
||||||
|
D
|
||||||
|
A
|
||||||
|
Do
|
||||||
|
A
|
||||||
|
1a
|
||||||
|
C
|
||||||
|
of
|
||||||
|
8
|
||||||
|
FIG. 44
|
||||||
|
FIG. 45
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 10. The same as Problem 9, but for the case where the axis AB is not perpendicu-
|
||||||
|
lar to CD and is an axis of symmetry of the ellipsoid (Fig. 45).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The components of Ca along the axis AB and the other two principal axes of
|
||||||
|
inertia, which are perpendicular to AB but otherwise arbitrary, are è cos a cos , è cos a X
|
||||||
|
sin , o to sin a. The kinetic energy is T = 11102 a)2.
|
||||||
|
$33. Angular momentum of a rigid body
|
||||||
|
The value of the angular momentum of a system depends, as we know, on
|
||||||
|
the point with respect to which it is defined. In the mechanics of a rigid body,
|
||||||
|
106
|
||||||
|
Motion of a Rigid Body
|
||||||
|
§33
|
||||||
|
the most appropriate point to choose for this purpose is the origin of the
|
||||||
|
moving system of co-ordinates, i.e. the centre of mass of the body, and in
|
||||||
|
what follows we shall denote by M the angular momentum SO defined.
|
||||||
|
According to formula (9.6), when the origin is taken at the centre of mass
|
||||||
|
of the body, the angular momentum M is equal to the "intrinsic" angular
|
||||||
|
momentum resulting from the motion relative to the centre of mass. In the
|
||||||
|
definition M = Emrxv we therefore replace V by Sxr:
|
||||||
|
M = =
|
||||||
|
or, in tensor notation,
|
||||||
|
Mi = OK
|
||||||
|
Finally, using the definition (32.2) of the inertia tensor, we have
|
||||||
|
(33.1)
|
||||||
|
If the axes X1, X2, X3 are the same as the principal axes of inertia, formula
|
||||||
|
(33.1) gives
|
||||||
|
M2 = I2DQ,
|
||||||
|
M3 = I303. =
|
||||||
|
(33.2)
|
||||||
|
In particular, for a spherical top, where all three principal moments of inertia
|
||||||
|
are equal, we have simply
|
||||||
|
M = IS,
|
||||||
|
(33.3)
|
||||||
|
i.e. the angular momentum vector is proportional to, and in the same direc-
|
||||||
|
tion as, the angular velocity vector. For an arbitrary body, however, the
|
||||||
|
vector M is not in general in the same direction as S; this happens only
|
||||||
|
when the body is rotating about one of its principal axes of inertia.
|
||||||
|
Let us consider a rigid body moving freely, i.e. not subject to any external
|
||||||
|
forces. We suppose that any uniform translational motion, which is of no
|
||||||
|
interest, is removed, leaving a free rotation of the body.
|
||||||
|
As in any closed system, the angular momentum of the freely rotating body
|
||||||
|
is constant. For a spherical top the condition M = constant gives C = con-
|
||||||
|
stant; that is, the most general free rotation of a spherical top is a uniform
|
||||||
|
rotation about an axis fixed in space.
|
||||||
|
The case of a rotator is equally simple. Here also M = IS, and the vector
|
||||||
|
S is perpendicular to the axis of the rotator. Hence a free rotation of a rotator
|
||||||
|
is a uniform rotation in one plane about an axis perpendicular to that plane.
|
||||||
|
The law of conservation of angular momentum also suffices to determine
|
||||||
|
the more complex free rotation of a symmetrical top. Using the fact that the
|
||||||
|
principal axes of inertia X1, X2 (perpendicular to the axis of symmetry (x3)
|
||||||
|
of the top) may be chosen arbitrarily, we take the x2-axis perpendicular to
|
||||||
|
the plane containing the constant vector M and the instantaneous position
|
||||||
|
of the x3-axis. Then M2 = 0, and formulae (33.2) show that Q2 = 0. This
|
||||||
|
means that the directions of M, St and the axis of the top are at every instant
|
||||||
|
in one plane (Fig. 46). Hence, in turn, it follows that the velocity V = Sxr
|
||||||
|
of every point on the axis of the top is at every instant perpendicular to that
|
||||||
130
1/34-the-equations-of-motion-of-a-rigid-body.md
Normal file
130
1/34-the-equations-of-motion-of-a-rigid-body.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 34-the-equations-of-motion-of-a-rigid-body
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
The equations of motion of a rigid body
|
||||||
|
107
|
||||||
|
plane. That is, the axis of the top rotates uniformly (see below) about the
|
||||||
|
direction of M, describing a circular cone. This is called regular precession
|
||||||
|
of the top. At the same time the top rotates uniformly about its own axis.
|
||||||
|
M
|
||||||
|
n
|
||||||
|
x3
|
||||||
|
22pr
|
||||||
|
x1
|
||||||
|
FIG. 46
|
||||||
|
The angular velocities of these two rotations can easily be expressed in
|
||||||
|
terms of the given angular momentum M and the angle 0 between the axis
|
||||||
|
of the top and the direction of M. The angular velocity of the top about its
|
||||||
|
own axis is just the component S3 of the vector S along the axis:
|
||||||
|
Q3 = M3/I3 = (M/I3) cos 0.
|
||||||
|
(33.4)
|
||||||
|
To determine the rate of precession Spr, the vector S must be resolved into
|
||||||
|
components along X3 and along M. The first of these gives no displacement
|
||||||
|
of the axis of the top, and the second component is therefore the required
|
||||||
|
angular velocity of precession. Fig. 46 shows that Spr sin 0 = Q1, and, since
|
||||||
|
S21 = M1/I1 = (M/I1) sin 0, we have
|
||||||
|
Spr r=M/I1.
|
||||||
|
(33.5)
|
||||||
|
$34. The equations of motion of a rigid body
|
||||||
|
Since a rigid body has, in general, six degrees of freedom, the general
|
||||||
|
equations of motion must be six in number. They can be put in a form which
|
||||||
|
gives the time derivatives of two vectors, the momentum and the angular
|
||||||
|
momentum of the body.
|
||||||
|
The first equation is obtained by simply summing the equations p = f
|
||||||
|
for each particle in the body, p being the momentum of the particle and f the
|
||||||
|
108
|
||||||
|
Motion of a Rigid Body
|
||||||
|
§34
|
||||||
|
force acting on it. In terms of the total momentum of the body P =
|
||||||
|
and total force acting on it F = Ef, we have
|
||||||
|
dP/dt = F.
|
||||||
|
(34.1)
|
||||||
|
Although F has been defined as the sum of all the forces f acting on the
|
||||||
|
various particles, including the forces due to other particles, F actually
|
||||||
|
includes only external forces: the forces of interaction between the particles
|
||||||
|
composing the body must cancel out, since if there are no external forces
|
||||||
|
the momentum of the body, like that of any closed system, must be conserved,
|
||||||
|
i.e. we must have F = 0.
|
||||||
|
If U is the potential energy of a rigid body in an external field, the force
|
||||||
|
F is obtained by differentiating U with respect to the co-ordinates of the
|
||||||
|
centre of mass of the body:
|
||||||
|
F = JUIR.
|
||||||
|
(34.2)
|
||||||
|
For, when the body undergoes a translation through a distance SR, the radius
|
||||||
|
vector r of every point in the body changes by SR, and so the change in the
|
||||||
|
potential energy is
|
||||||
|
SU = (U/dr) Sr = RR Couldr = SR SR.
|
||||||
|
It may be noted that equation (34.1) can also be obtained as Lagrange's
|
||||||
|
equation for the co-ordinates of the centre of mass, (d/dt)àL/JV = aL/JR,
|
||||||
|
with the Lagrangian (32.4), for which
|
||||||
|
OL/OV=,MV=P, 0L/JR = JU/OR = F.
|
||||||
|
Let us now derive the second equation of motion, which gives the time
|
||||||
|
derivative of the angular momentum M. To simplify the derivation, it is
|
||||||
|
convenient to choose the "fixed" (inertial) frame of reference in such a way
|
||||||
|
that the centre of mass is at rest in that frame at the instant considered.
|
||||||
|
We have M = (d/dt) Erxp = Eixp+. Our choice of the frame of
|
||||||
|
reference (with V = 0) means that the value of i at the instant considered is
|
||||||
|
the same as V = i. Since the vectors V and p = mv are parallel, ixp = 0.
|
||||||
|
Replacing p by the force f, we have finally
|
||||||
|
dM/dt = K,
|
||||||
|
(34.3)
|
||||||
|
where
|
||||||
|
K = .
|
||||||
|
(34.4)
|
||||||
|
Since M has been defined as the angular momentum about the centre of
|
||||||
|
mass (see the beginning of $33), it is unchanged when we go from one inertial
|
||||||
|
frame to another. This is seen from formula (9.5) with R = 0. We can there-
|
||||||
|
fore deduce that the equation of motion (34.3), though derived for a particular
|
||||||
|
frame of reference, is valid in any other inertial frame, by Galileo's relativity
|
||||||
|
principle.
|
||||||
|
The vector rxf is called the moment of the force f, and so K is the total
|
||||||
|
torque, i.e. the sum of the moments of all the forces acting on the body. Like
|
||||||
|
§34
|
||||||
|
The equations of motion of a rigid body
|
||||||
|
109
|
||||||
|
the total force F, the sum (34.4) need include only the external forces: by
|
||||||
|
the law of conservation of angular momentum, the sum of the moments of
|
||||||
|
the internal forces in a closed system must be zero.
|
||||||
|
The moment of a force, like the angular momentum, in general depends on
|
||||||
|
the choice of the origin about which it is defined. In (34.3) and (34.4) the
|
||||||
|
moments are defined with respect to the centre of mass of the body.
|
||||||
|
When the origin is moved a distance a, the new radius vector r' of each
|
||||||
|
point in the body is equal to r-a. Hence K = Erxf = Er'xf+ Eaxf or
|
||||||
|
K = K'+axF.
|
||||||
|
(34.5)
|
||||||
|
Hence we see, in particular, that the value of the torque is independent of
|
||||||
|
the choice of origin if the total force F = 0. In this case the body is said to
|
||||||
|
be acted on by a couple.
|
||||||
|
Equation (34.3) may be regarded as Lagrange's equation (d/dt) OL/OS
|
||||||
|
= 0L/dd for the "rotational co-ordinates". Differentiating the Lagrangian
|
||||||
|
(32.4) with respect to the components of the vector S2, we obtain
|
||||||
|
= IikOk = Mi. The change in the potential energy resulting from an
|
||||||
|
infinitesimal rotation SO of the body is SU = - Ef.Sr = -
|
||||||
|
= So. Erxf = -K.SO, whence
|
||||||
|
K =-20/00, =
|
||||||
|
(34.6)
|
||||||
|
so that aL/dd = 00/08 = K.
|
||||||
|
Let us assume that the vectors F and K are perpendicular. Then a vector a
|
||||||
|
can always be found such that K' given by formula (34.5) is zero and
|
||||||
|
K a x F.
|
||||||
|
(34.7)
|
||||||
|
The choice of a is not unique, since the addition to a of any vector parallel
|
||||||
|
to F does not affect equation (34.7). The condition K' = 0 thus gives a straight
|
||||||
|
line, not a point, in the moving system of co-ordinates. When K is perpendi-
|
||||||
|
cular to F, the effect of all the applied forces can therefore be reduced to that
|
||||||
|
of a single force F acting along this line.
|
||||||
|
Such a case is that of a uniform field of force, in which the force on a particle
|
||||||
|
is f = eE, with E a constant vector characterising the field and e characterising
|
||||||
|
the properties of a particle with respect to the field. Then F = Ee,
|
||||||
|
K = erxE. Assuming that # 0, we define a radius vector ro such that
|
||||||
|
(34.8)
|
||||||
|
Then the total torque is simply
|
||||||
|
=roxF
|
||||||
|
(34.9)
|
||||||
|
Thus, when a rigid body moves in a uniform field, the effect of the field
|
||||||
|
reduces to the action of a single force F applied at the point whose radius
|
||||||
|
vector is (34.8). The position of this point is entirely determined by the
|
||||||
|
t For example, in a uniform electric field E is the field strength and e the charge; in a
|
||||||
|
uniform gravitational field E is the acceleration g due to gravity and e is the mass m.
|
||||||
|
110
|
||||||
|
Motion of a Rigid Body
|
||||||
167
1/35-eulerian-angles.md
Normal file
167
1/35-eulerian-angles.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 35-eulerian-angles
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
properties of the body itself. In a gravitational field, for example, it is the
|
||||||
|
centre of mass.
|
||||||
|
$35. Eulerian angles
|
||||||
|
As has already been mentioned, the motion of a rigid body can be described
|
||||||
|
by means of the three co-ordinates of its centre of mass and any three angles
|
||||||
|
which determine the orientation of the axes X1, X2, X3 in the moving system of
|
||||||
|
co-ordinates relative to the fixed system X, Y, Z. These angles may often be
|
||||||
|
conveniently taken as what are called Eulerian angles.
|
||||||
|
Z
|
||||||
|
X2
|
||||||
|
Y
|
||||||
|
FIG. 47
|
||||||
|
Since we are here interested only in the angles between the co-ordinate
|
||||||
|
axes, we may take the origins of the two systems to coincide (Fig. 47). The
|
||||||
|
moving x1x2-plane intersects the fixed XY-plane in some line ON, called the
|
||||||
|
line of nodes. This line is evidently perpendicular to both the Z-axis and the
|
||||||
|
x3-axis; we take its positive direction as that of the vector product ZXX3
|
||||||
|
(where Z and X3 are unit vectors along the Z and X3 axes).
|
||||||
|
We take, as the quantities defining the position of the axes x1, X2, X3
|
||||||
|
relative to the axes X, Y, Z the angle 0 between the Z and X3 axes, the angle
|
||||||
|
between the X-axis and ON, and the angle as between the x1-axis and ON.
|
||||||
|
The angles and 4 are measured round the Z and X3 axes respectively in the
|
||||||
|
direction given by the corkscrew rule. The angle 0 takes values from 0 to TT,
|
||||||
|
and and 4 from 0 to 2n.t
|
||||||
|
t The angles 0 and - are respectively the polar angle and azimuth of the direction
|
||||||
|
X3 with respect to the axes X, Y, Z. The angles 0 and 12-- are respectively the polar angle
|
||||||
|
and azimuth of the direction Z with respect to the axes X1, X2, X3.
|
||||||
|
§35
|
||||||
|
Eulerian angles
|
||||||
|
111
|
||||||
|
Let us now express the components of the angular velocity vector S along
|
||||||
|
the moving axes X1, X2, X3 in terms of the Eulerian angles and their derivatives.
|
||||||
|
To do this, we must find the components along those axes of the angular
|
||||||
|
velocities 6, b, 4. The angular velocity è is along the line of nodes ON, and
|
||||||
|
its components are 1 = O cos 4/5, = - O sin 4/5, = 0. The angular velo-
|
||||||
|
city is along the Z-axis; its component along the x3-axis is 03 = cos 0, and
|
||||||
|
in the x1x2-plane sin A. Resolving the latter along the X1 and X2 axes, we
|
||||||
|
have 01 = sin 0 sin 4/s, O2 = sin 0 cos 4. Finally, the angular velocity is
|
||||||
|
is along the x3-axis.
|
||||||
|
Collecting the components along each axis, we have
|
||||||
|
S21 = 0 COS 4,
|
||||||
|
Q2 = sin 0 cosy-osiny,
|
||||||
|
(35.1)
|
||||||
|
S23 = o cos0+4. =
|
||||||
|
If the axes X1, X2, X3 are taken to be the principal axes of inertia of the body,
|
||||||
|
the rotational kinetic energy in terms of the Eulerian angles is obtained by
|
||||||
|
substituting (35.1) in (32.8).
|
||||||
|
For a symmetrical top (I1 = I2 # I3), a simple reduction gives
|
||||||
|
Trot =
|
||||||
|
(35.2)
|
||||||
|
This expression can also be more simply obtained by using the fact that the
|
||||||
|
choice of directions of the principal axes X1, X2 is arbitrary for a symmetrical
|
||||||
|
top. If the X1 axis is taken along the line of nodes ON, i.e. 4 = 0, the compo-
|
||||||
|
nents of the angular velocity are simply
|
||||||
|
O2 = o sin A,
|
||||||
|
(35.3)
|
||||||
|
As a simple example of the use of the Eulerian angles, we shall use them
|
||||||
|
to determine the free motion of a symmetrical top, already found in $33.
|
||||||
|
We take the Z-axis of the fixed system of co-ordinates in the direction of the
|
||||||
|
constant angular momentum M of the top. The x3-axis of the moving system
|
||||||
|
is along the axis of the top; let the x1-axis coincide with the line of nodes at
|
||||||
|
the instant considered. Then the components of the vector M are, by
|
||||||
|
formulae (35.3), M1 = I1 = I, M2 = IS2 = sin 0, M3 = I3Q3
|
||||||
|
= I3( cos 0+4). Since the x1-axis is perpendicular to the Z-axis, we have
|
||||||
|
M1 = 0, M2 = M sin 0, M3 = M cos 0. Comparison gives
|
||||||
|
0=0,
|
||||||
|
I = M,
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(35.4)
|
||||||
|
The first of these equations gives 0 = constant, i.e. the angle between the
|
||||||
|
axis of the top and the direction of M is constant. The second equation gives
|
||||||
|
the angular velocity of precession = M/I1, in agreement with (33.5).
|
||||||
|
Finally, the third equation gives the angular velocity with which the top
|
||||||
|
rotates about its own axis: S3 = (M/I3) cos 0.
|
||||||
|
112
|
||||||
|
Motion of a Rigid Body
|
||||||
|
§35
|
||||||
|
PROBLEMS
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 1. Reduce to quadratures the problem of the motion of a heavy symmetrical
|
||||||
|
top whose lowest point is fixed (Fig. 48).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. We take the common origin of the moving and fixed systems of co-ordinates
|
||||||
|
at the fixed point O of the top, and the Z-axis vertical. The Lagrangian of the top in a gravita-
|
||||||
|
tional field is L = (02 +02 sin ²0 + 1/3(1- cos 0)2-ugl - cos 0, where u is the mass
|
||||||
|
of the top and l the distance from its fixed point to the centre of mass.
|
||||||
|
Z
|
||||||
|
X3
|
||||||
|
x2
|
||||||
|
a
|
||||||
|
ug
|
||||||
|
Y
|
||||||
|
x1
|
||||||
|
N
|
||||||
|
FIG. 48
|
||||||
|
The co-ordinates 4 and are cyclic. Hence we have two integrals of the motion:
|
||||||
|
P4 = = cos 0) = constant = M3
|
||||||
|
(1)
|
||||||
|
= = cos 0 = constant III M2,
|
||||||
|
(2)
|
||||||
|
where I'1 = I1+ul2; the quantities P4 and Po are the components of the rotational angular
|
||||||
|
momentum about O along the X3 and Z axes respectively. The energy
|
||||||
|
E = cos 0
|
||||||
|
(3)
|
||||||
|
is also conserved.
|
||||||
|
From equations (1) and (2) we find
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
0)/I'1
|
||||||
|
sin 20,
|
||||||
|
(4)
|
||||||
|
(5)
|
||||||
|
Eliminating b and of from the energy (3) by means of equations (4) and (5), we obtain
|
||||||
|
E' =
|
||||||
|
where
|
||||||
|
E'
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(6)
|
||||||
|
§35
|
||||||
|
Eulerian angles
|
||||||
|
113
|
||||||
|
Thus we have
|
||||||
|
t=
|
||||||
|
(7)
|
||||||
|
this is an elliptic integral. The angles 4 and are then expressed in terms of 0 by means of
|
||||||
|
integrals obtained from equations (4) and (5).
|
||||||
|
The range of variation of 0 during the motion is determined by the condition E' Ueff(0).
|
||||||
|
The function Uett(8) tends to infinity (if M3 # M2) when 0 tends to 0 or II, and has a minimum
|
||||||
|
between these values. Hence the equation E' = Ueff(0) has two roots, which determine the
|
||||||
|
limiting values 01 and O2 of the inclination of the axis of the top to the vertical.
|
||||||
|
When 0 varies from 01 to O2, the derivative o changes sign if and only if the difference
|
||||||
|
M-M3 cos 0 changes sign in that range of 0. If it does not change sign, the axis of the top
|
||||||
|
precesses monotonically about the vertical, at the same time oscillating up and down. The
|
||||||
|
latter oscillation is called nutation; see Fig. 49a, where the curve shows the track of the axis
|
||||||
|
on the surface of a sphere whose centre is at the fixed point of the top. If does change sign,
|
||||||
|
the direction of precession is opposite on the two limiting circles, and so the axis of the top
|
||||||
|
describes loops as it moves round the vertical (Fig. 49b). Finally, if one of 01, O2 is a zero of
|
||||||
|
M2-M3 cos 0, of and è vanish together on the corresponding limiting circle, and the path
|
||||||
|
of the axis is of the kind shown in Fig. 49c.
|
||||||
|
O2
|
||||||
|
O2
|
||||||
|
O2
|
||||||
|
(a)
|
||||||
|
(b)
|
||||||
|
(c)
|
||||||
|
FIG. 49
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. Find the condition for the rotation of a top about a vertical axis to be stable.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. For 0 = 0, the X3 and Z axes coincide, so that M3 = Mz, E' = 0. Rotation
|
||||||
|
about this axis is stable if 0 = 0 is a minimum of the function Ueff(9). For small 0 we have
|
||||||
|
Ueff 22 whence the condition for stability is M32 > 41'1ugl or S232
|
||||||
|
> 41'1ugl/I32.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 3. Determine the motion of a top when the kinetic energy of its rotation about
|
||||||
|
its axis is large compared with its energy in the gravitational field (called a "fast" top).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. In a first approximation, neglecting gravity, there is a free precession of the
|
||||||
|
axis of the top about the direction of the angular momentum M, corresponding in this case
|
||||||
|
to the nutation of the top; according to (33.5), the angular velocity of this precession is
|
||||||
|
Sunu = M/I' 1.
|
||||||
|
(1)
|
||||||
|
In the next approximation, there is a slow precession of the angular momentum M about
|
||||||
|
the vertical (Fig. 50). To determine the rate of this precession, we average the exact equation
|
||||||
|
of motion (34.3) dM/dt = K over the nutation period. The moment of the force of gravity
|
||||||
|
on the top is K=uln3xg, where n3 is a unit vector along the axis of the top. It is evident
|
||||||
|
from symmetry that the result of averaging K over the "nutation cone" is to replace n3 by
|
||||||
|
its component (M/M) cos a in the direction of M, where a is the angle between M and the
|
||||||
|
axis of the top. Thus we have dM/dt = -(ul/M)gxM cos a. This shows that the vector M
|
||||||
|
114
|
||||||
|
Motion of a Rigid Body
|
||||||
76
1/36-eulers-equations.md
Normal file
76
1/36-eulers-equations.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 36-eulers-equations
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
precesses about the direction of g (i.e. the vertical) with a mean angular velocity
|
||||||
|
Spr (ul/M)g cos a
|
||||||
|
(2)
|
||||||
|
which is small compared with Senu
|
||||||
|
Spr
|
||||||
|
in
|
||||||
|
no
|
||||||
|
a
|
||||||
|
FIG. 50
|
||||||
|
In this approximation the quantities M and cos a in formulae (1) and (2) are constants,
|
||||||
|
although they are not exact integrals of the motion. To the same accuracy they are related
|
||||||
|
to the strictly conserved quantities E and M3 by M3 = M cos a,
|
||||||
|
§36. Euler's equations
|
||||||
|
The equations of motion given in §34 relate to the fixed system of co-
|
||||||
|
ordinates: the derivatives dP/dt and dM/dt in equations (34.1) and (34.3)
|
||||||
|
are the rates of change of the vectors P and M with respect to that system.
|
||||||
|
The simplest relation between the components of the rotational angular
|
||||||
|
momentum M of a rigid body and the components of the angular velocity
|
||||||
|
occurs, however, in the moving system of co-ordinates whose axes are the
|
||||||
|
principal axes of inertia. In order to use this relation, we must first transform
|
||||||
|
the equations of motion to the moving co-ordinates X1, X2, X3.
|
||||||
|
Let dA/dt be the rate of change of any vector A with respect to the fixed
|
||||||
|
system of co-ordinates. If the vector A does not change in the moving system,
|
||||||
|
its rate of change in the fixed system is due only to the rotation, so that
|
||||||
|
dA/dt = SxA; see §9, where it has been pointed out that formulae such as
|
||||||
|
(9.1) and (9.2) are valid for any vector. In the general case, the right-hand
|
||||||
|
side includes also the rate of change of the vector A with respect to the moving
|
||||||
|
system. Denoting this rate of change by d'A/dt, we obtain
|
||||||
|
dAdd
|
||||||
|
(36.1)
|
||||||
|
§36
|
||||||
|
Euler's equations
|
||||||
|
115
|
||||||
|
Using this general formula, we can immediately write equations (34.1) and
|
||||||
|
(34.3) in the form
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
K.
|
||||||
|
(36.2)
|
||||||
|
Since the differentiation with respect to time is here performed in the moving
|
||||||
|
system of co-ordinates, we can take the components of equations (36.2) along
|
||||||
|
the axes of that system, putting (d'P/dt)1 = dP1/dt, ..., (d'M/dt)1 = dM1/dt,
|
||||||
|
..., where the suffixes 1, 2, 3 denote the components along the axes x1, x2, X3.
|
||||||
|
In the first equation we replace P by V, obtaining
|
||||||
|
(36.3)
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
If the axes X1, X2, X3 are the principal axes of inertia, we can put M1 = I,
|
||||||
|
etc., in the second equation (36.2), obtaining
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
I2 = K2,
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
(36.4)
|
||||||
|
I3 = K3.
|
||||||
|
These are Euler's equations.
|
||||||
|
In free rotation, K = 0, so that Euler's equations become
|
||||||
|
= 0,
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
(36.5)
|
||||||
|
= 0.
|
||||||
|
As an example, let us apply these equations to the free rotation of a sym-
|
||||||
|
metrical top, which has already been discussed. Putting I1 = I2, we find from
|
||||||
|
the third equation SQ3 = 0, i.e. S3 = constant. We then write the first two
|
||||||
|
equations as O = -wS2, Q2 = wS1, where
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(36.6)
|
||||||
|
is a constant. Multiplying the second equation by i and adding, we have
|
||||||
|
= so that S1+iD2 = A exp(iwt), where A is a
|
||||||
|
constant, which may be made real by a suitable choice of the origin of time.
|
||||||
|
Thus
|
||||||
|
S1 = A cos wt
|
||||||
|
Q2 = A sin wt.
|
||||||
|
(36.7)
|
||||||
|
116
|
||||||
|
Motion of a Rigid Body
|
||||||
251
1/37-the-asymmetrical-top.md
Normal file
251
1/37-the-asymmetrical-top.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 37-the-asymmetrical-top
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
This result shows that the component of the angular velocity perpendicular
|
||||||
|
to the axis of the top rotates with an angular velocity w, remaining of constant
|
||||||
|
magnitude A = Since the component S3 along the axis of the
|
||||||
|
top is also constant, we conclude that the vector S rotates uniformly with
|
||||||
|
angular velocity w about the axis of the top, remaining unchanged in magni-
|
||||||
|
tude. On account of the relations M1 = , M2 = I2O2, M3 = I3O3 be-
|
||||||
|
tween the components of S and M, the angular momentum vector M evidently
|
||||||
|
executes a similar motion with respect to the axis of the top.
|
||||||
|
This description is naturally only a different view of the motion already
|
||||||
|
discussed in §33 and §35, where it was referred to the fixed system of co-
|
||||||
|
ordinates. In particular, the angular velocity of the vector M (the Z-axis in
|
||||||
|
Fig. 48, $35) about the x3-axis is, in terms of Eulerian angles, the same as
|
||||||
|
the angular velocity - 4. Using equations (35.4), we have
|
||||||
|
cos
|
||||||
|
or - is = I23(I3-I1)/I1, in agreement with (36.6).
|
||||||
|
§37. The asymmetrical top
|
||||||
|
We shall now apply Euler's equations to the still more complex problem
|
||||||
|
of the free rotation of an asymmetrical top, for which all three moments of
|
||||||
|
inertia are different. We assume for definiteness that
|
||||||
|
I3 > I2 I.
|
||||||
|
(37.1)
|
||||||
|
Two integrals of Euler's equations are known already from the laws of
|
||||||
|
conservation of energy and angular momentum:
|
||||||
|
= 2E,
|
||||||
|
(37.2)
|
||||||
|
= M2,
|
||||||
|
where the energy E and the magnitude M of the angular momentum are given
|
||||||
|
constants. These two equations, written in terms of the components of the
|
||||||
|
vector M, are
|
||||||
|
(37.3)
|
||||||
|
M2.
|
||||||
|
(37.4)
|
||||||
|
From these equations we can already draw some conclusions concerning
|
||||||
|
the nature of the motion. To do so, we notice that equations (37.3) and (37.4),
|
||||||
|
regarded as involving co-ordinates M1, M2, M3, are respectively the equation
|
||||||
|
of an ellipsoid with semiaxes (2EI1), (2EI2), (2EI3) and that of a sphere
|
||||||
|
of radius M. When the vector M moves relative to the axes of inertia of the
|
||||||
|
top, its terminus moves along the line of intersection of these two surfaces.
|
||||||
|
Fig. 51 shows a number of such lines of intersection of an ellipsoid with
|
||||||
|
§37
|
||||||
|
The asymmetrical top
|
||||||
|
117
|
||||||
|
spheres of various radii. The existence of an intersection is ensured by the
|
||||||
|
obviously valid inequalities
|
||||||
|
2EI1 < M2 < 2EI3,
|
||||||
|
(37.5)
|
||||||
|
which signify that the radius of the sphere (37.4) lies between the least and
|
||||||
|
greatest semiaxes of the ellipsoid (37.3).
|
||||||
|
x1
|
||||||
|
X2
|
||||||
|
FIG. 51
|
||||||
|
Let us examine the way in which these "paths"t of the terminus of the
|
||||||
|
vector M change as M varies (for a given value of E). When M2 is only slightly
|
||||||
|
greater than 2EI1, the sphere intersects the ellipsoid in two small closed curves
|
||||||
|
round the x1-axis near the corresponding poles of the ellipsoid; as M2 2EI1,
|
||||||
|
these curves shrink to points at the poles. When M2 increases, the curves
|
||||||
|
become larger, and for M2 = 2EI2 they become two plane curves (ellipses)
|
||||||
|
which intersect at the poles of the ellipsoid on the x2-axis. When M2 increases
|
||||||
|
further, two separate closed paths again appear, but now round the poles on
|
||||||
|
the
|
||||||
|
x3-axis; as M2 2EI3 they shrink to points at these poles.
|
||||||
|
First of all, we may note that, since the paths are closed, the motion of the
|
||||||
|
vector M relative to the top must be periodic; during one period the vector
|
||||||
|
M describes some conical surface and returns to its original position.
|
||||||
|
Next, an essential difference in the nature of the paths near the various
|
||||||
|
poles of the ellipsoid should be noted. Near the x1 and X3 axes, the paths lie
|
||||||
|
entirely in the neighbourhood of the corresponding poles, but the paths which
|
||||||
|
pass near the poles on the x2-axis go elsewhere to great distances from those
|
||||||
|
poles. This difference corresponds to a difference in the stability of the rota-
|
||||||
|
tion of the top about its three axes of inertia. Rotation about the x1 and X3
|
||||||
|
axes (corresponding to the least and greatest of the three moments of inertia)
|
||||||
|
t The corresponding curves described by the terminus of the vector Ca are called polhodes.
|
||||||
|
118
|
||||||
|
Motion of a Rigid Body
|
||||||
|
§37
|
||||||
|
is stable, in the sense that, if the top is made to deviate slightly from such a
|
||||||
|
state, the resulting motion is close to the original one. A rotation about the
|
||||||
|
x2-axis, however, is unstable: a small deviation is sufficient to give rise to a
|
||||||
|
motion which takes the top to positions far from its original one.
|
||||||
|
To determine the time dependence of the components of S (or of the com-
|
||||||
|
ponents of M, which are proportional to those of (2) we use Euler's equations
|
||||||
|
(36.5). We express S1 and S3 in terms of S2 by means of equations (37.2)
|
||||||
|
and (37.3):
|
||||||
|
S21 =
|
||||||
|
(37.6)
|
||||||
|
Q32 =
|
||||||
|
and substitute in the second equation (36.5), obtaining
|
||||||
|
dSQ2/dt (I3-I1)21-23/I2
|
||||||
|
= V{[(2EI3-M2-I2(I3-I2)22]
|
||||||
|
(37.7)
|
||||||
|
Integration of this equation gives the function t(S22) as an elliptic integral.
|
||||||
|
In reducing it to a standard form we shall suppose for definiteness that
|
||||||
|
M2 > 2EI2; if this inequality is reversed, the suffixes 1 and 3 are interchanged
|
||||||
|
in the following formulae. Using instead of t and S2 the new variables
|
||||||
|
(37.8)
|
||||||
|
S = S2V[I2(I3-I2)/(2EI3-M2)],
|
||||||
|
and defining a positive parameter k2 < 1 by
|
||||||
|
(37.9)
|
||||||
|
we obtain
|
||||||
|
ds
|
||||||
|
the origin of time being taken at an instant when S2 = 0. When this integral
|
||||||
|
is inverted we have a Jacobian elliptic function S = sn T, and this gives O2
|
||||||
|
as a function of time; S-1(t) and (33(t) are algebraic functions of 22(t) given
|
||||||
|
by (37.6). Using the definitions cn T = V(1-sn2r), dn T =
|
||||||
|
we find
|
||||||
|
Superscript(2) = [(2EI3-M2/I1(I3-I1)] CNT,
|
||||||
|
O2 =
|
||||||
|
(37.10)
|
||||||
|
O3 = dn T.
|
||||||
|
These are periodic functions, and their period in the variable T is 4K,
|
||||||
|
where K is a complete elliptic integral of the first kind:
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(37.11)
|
||||||
|
§37
|
||||||
|
The asymmetrical top
|
||||||
|
119
|
||||||
|
The period in t is therefore
|
||||||
|
T =
|
||||||
|
(37.12)
|
||||||
|
After a time T the vector S returns to its original position relative to the
|
||||||
|
axes of the top. The top itself, however, does not return to its original position
|
||||||
|
relative to the fixed system of co-ordinates; see below.
|
||||||
|
For I = I2, of course, formulae (37.10) reduce to those obtained in §36
|
||||||
|
for a symmetrical top: as I I2, the parameter k2 0, and the elliptic
|
||||||
|
functions degenerate to circular functions: sn -> sin T, cn T cos
|
||||||
|
T,
|
||||||
|
dn T -> 1, and we return to formulae (36.7).
|
||||||
|
When M2 = 2EI3 we have Superscript(1) = S2 = 0, S3 = constant, i.e. the vector S
|
||||||
|
is always parallel to the x3-axis. This case corresponds to uniform rotation of
|
||||||
|
the top about the x3-axis. Similarly, for M2 = 2EI1 (when T III 0) we have
|
||||||
|
uniform rotation about the x1-axis.
|
||||||
|
Let us now determine the absolute motion of the top in space (i.e. its
|
||||||
|
motion relative to the fixed system of co-ordinates X, Y, Z). To do so, we
|
||||||
|
use the Eulerian angles 2/5, o, 0, between the axes X1, X2, X3 of the top and the
|
||||||
|
axes X, Y, Z, taking the fixed Z-axis in the direction of the constant vector M.
|
||||||
|
Since the polar angle and azimuth of the Z-axis with respect to the axes
|
||||||
|
x1, X2, X3 are respectively 0 and 1/77 - is (see the footnote to $35), we obtain on
|
||||||
|
taking the components of M along the axes X1, X2, X3
|
||||||
|
M sin 0 sin y = M1 = ,
|
||||||
|
M sin A cos is = M2 = I2O2,
|
||||||
|
(37.13)
|
||||||
|
M cos 0 = M3 = I3S23.
|
||||||
|
Hence
|
||||||
|
cos 0 = I3S3/M,
|
||||||
|
tan / =
|
||||||
|
(37.14)
|
||||||
|
and from formulae (37.10)
|
||||||
|
COS 0 = dn T,
|
||||||
|
(37.15)
|
||||||
|
tan 4 = cn r/snt,
|
||||||
|
which give the angles 0 and is as functions of time; like the components of the
|
||||||
|
vector S, they are periodic functions, with period (37.12).
|
||||||
|
The angle does not appear in formulae (37.13), and to calculate it we
|
||||||
|
must return to formulae (35.1), which express the components of S in terms
|
||||||
|
of the time derivatives of the Eulerian angles. Eliminating O from the equa-
|
||||||
|
tions S1 = sin 0 sin 4 + O cos 2/5, S2 = sin 0 cos 4-0 - sin 2/5, we obtain
|
||||||
|
& = (Superscript(2) sin 4+S2 cos 4)/sin 0, and then, using formulae (37.13),
|
||||||
|
do/dt =
|
||||||
|
(37.16)
|
||||||
|
The function (t) is obtained by integration, but the integrand involves
|
||||||
|
elliptic functions in a complicated way. By means of some fairly complex
|
||||||
|
120
|
||||||
|
Motion of a Rigid Body
|
||||||
|
§37
|
||||||
|
transformations, the integral can be expressed in terms of theta functions;
|
||||||
|
we shall not give the calculations, but only the final result.
|
||||||
|
The function (t) can be represented (apart from an arbitrary additive
|
||||||
|
constant) as a sum of two terms:
|
||||||
|
$(t) = (11(t)++2(t),
|
||||||
|
(37.17)
|
||||||
|
one of which is given by
|
||||||
|
(37.18)
|
||||||
|
where D01 is a theta function and a a real constant such that
|
||||||
|
sn(2ixK) = iv[I3(M2-2I1)/I1(2EI3-M2]
|
||||||
|
(37.19)
|
||||||
|
K and Tare given by (37.11) and (37.12). The function on the right-hand side
|
||||||
|
of (37.18) is periodic, with period 1T, so that 01(t) varies by 2n during a time
|
||||||
|
T. The second term in (37.17) is given by
|
||||||
|
(37.20)
|
||||||
|
This function increases by 2nr during a time T'. Thus the motion in is a
|
||||||
|
combination of two periodic motions, one of the periods (T) being the same
|
||||||
|
as the period of variation of the angles 4 and 0, while the other (T') is incom-
|
||||||
|
mensurable with T. This incommensurability has the result that the top does
|
||||||
|
not at any time return exactly to its original position.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEMS
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 1. Determine the free rotation of a top about an axis near the x3-axis or the
|
||||||
|
x1-axis.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. Let the x3-axis be near the direction of M. Then the components M1 and M2
|
||||||
|
are small quantities, and the component M3 = M (apart from quantities of the second and
|
||||||
|
higher orders of smallness). To the same accuracy the first two Euler's equations (36.5) can
|
||||||
|
be written dM1/dt = DoM2(1-I3/I2), dM2/dt = QOM1(I3/I1-1), where So = M/I3. As
|
||||||
|
usual we seek solutions for M1 and M2 proportional to exp(iwt), obtaining for the frequency w
|
||||||
|
(1)
|
||||||
|
The values of M1 and M2 are
|
||||||
|
cos wt, sin wt,
|
||||||
|
(2)
|
||||||
|
where a is an arbitrary small constant. These formulae give the motion of the vector M
|
||||||
|
relative to the top. In Fig. 51, the terminus of the vector M describes, with frequency w,
|
||||||
|
a small ellipse about the pole on the x3-axis.
|
||||||
|
To determine the absolute motion of the top in space, we calculate its Eulerian angles.
|
||||||
|
In the present case the angle 0 between the x3-axis and the Z-axis (direction of M) is small,
|
||||||
|
t These are given by E. T. WHITTAKER, A Treatise on the Analytical Dynamics of Particles
|
||||||
|
and Rigid Bodies, 4th ed., Chapter VI, Dover, New York 1944.
|
||||||
|
§37
|
||||||
|
The asymmetrical top
|
||||||
|
121
|
||||||
|
and by formulae (37.14) tan of = M1/M2, cos 0) 2(1 (M3/M) 22
|
||||||
|
substituting (2), we obtain
|
||||||
|
tan 4 = V[I(I3-I2)/I2(I3-I1)] cot wt,
|
||||||
|
(3)
|
||||||
|
To find , we note that, by the third formula (35.1), we have, for 0 1,
|
||||||
|
Hence
|
||||||
|
= lot
|
||||||
|
(4)
|
||||||
|
omitting an arbitrary constant of integration.
|
||||||
|
A clearer idea of the nature of the motion of the top is obtained if we consider the change
|
||||||
|
in direction of the three axes of inertia. Let n1, n2, n3 be unit vectors along these axes. The
|
||||||
|
vectors n1 and n2 rotate uniformly in the XY-plane with frequency So, and at the same time
|
||||||
|
execute small transverse oscillations with frequency w. These oscillations are given by the
|
||||||
|
Z-components of the vectors:
|
||||||
|
22 M1/M = av(I3/I2-1) cos wt,
|
||||||
|
N2Z 22 M2/M = av(I3/I1-1) sin wt.
|
||||||
|
For the vector n3 we have, to the same accuracy, N3x 22 0 sin , N3y 22 -0 cos , n3z 1.
|
||||||
|
(The polar angle and azimuth of n3 with respect to the axes X, Y, Z are 0 and -; see
|
||||||
|
the footnote to 35.) We also write, using formulae (37.13),
|
||||||
|
naz=0sin(Qot-4)
|
||||||
|
= Asin Sot cos 4-0 cos lot sin 4
|
||||||
|
= (M 2/M) sin Dot-(M1/M) cos Sot
|
||||||
|
sin Sot sin N/1-1) cos Not cos wt
|
||||||
|
cos(so
|
||||||
|
Similarly
|
||||||
|
From this we see that the motion of n3 is a superposition of two rotations about the Z-axis
|
||||||
|
with frequencies So + w.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. Determine the free rotation of a top for which M2 = 2EI2.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. This case corresponds to the movement of the terminus of M along a curve
|
||||||
|
through the pole on the x2-axis (Fig. 51). Equation (37.7) becomes ds/dr = 1-s2,
|
||||||
|
= S = I2/20, where So = M/I2 = 2E|M. Integration of
|
||||||
|
this equation and the use of formulae (37.6) gives
|
||||||
|
sech T,
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
(1)
|
||||||
|
sech T.
|
||||||
|
To describe the absolute motion of the top, we use Eulerian angles, defining 0 as the angle
|
||||||
|
between the Z-axis (direction of M) and the x2-axis (not the x3-axis as previously). In formulae
|
||||||
|
(37.14) and (37.16), which relate the components of the vector CA to the Eulerian angles, we
|
||||||
|
5
|
||||||
|
122
|
||||||
|
Motion of a Rigid Body
|
||||||
171
1/38-rigid-bodies-in-contact.md
Normal file
171
1/38-rigid-bodies-in-contact.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 38-rigid-bodies-in-contact
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
must cyclically permute the suffixes 1, 2, 3 to 3, 1, 2. Substitution of (1) in these formulae
|
||||||
|
then gives cos 0 = tanh T, = lot + constant, tan =
|
||||||
|
It is seen from these formulae that, as t 8, the vector SC asymptotically approaches the
|
||||||
|
x2-axis, which itself asymptotically approaches the Z-axis.
|
||||||
|
$38. Rigid bodies in contact
|
||||||
|
The equations of motion (34.1) and (34.3) show that the conditions of
|
||||||
|
equilibrium for a rigid body can be written as the vanishing of the total force
|
||||||
|
and total torque on the body:
|
||||||
|
F = f = 0 ,
|
||||||
|
K ==~rxf=0. =
|
||||||
|
(38.1)
|
||||||
|
Here the summation is over all the external forces acting on the body, and r
|
||||||
|
is the radius vector of the "point of application"; the origin with respect to
|
||||||
|
which the torque is defined may be chosen arbitrarily, since if F = 0 the
|
||||||
|
value of K does not depend on this choice (see (34.5)).
|
||||||
|
If we have a system of rigid bodies in contact, the conditions (38.1) for
|
||||||
|
each body separately must hold in equilibrium. The forces considered must
|
||||||
|
include those exerted on each body by those with which it is in contact. These
|
||||||
|
forces at the points of contact are called reactions. It is obvious that the mutual
|
||||||
|
reactions of any two bodies are equal in magnitude and opposite in direction.
|
||||||
|
In general, both the magnitudes and the directions of the reactions are
|
||||||
|
found by solving simultaneously the equations of equilibrium (38.1) for all the
|
||||||
|
bodies. In some cases, however, their directions are given by the conditions
|
||||||
|
of the problem. For example, if two bodies can slide freely on each other, the
|
||||||
|
reaction between them is normal to the surface.
|
||||||
|
If two bodies in contact are in relative motion, dissipative forces of friction
|
||||||
|
arise, in addition to the reaction.
|
||||||
|
There are two possible types of motion of bodies in contact-sliding and
|
||||||
|
rolling. In sliding, the reaction is perpendicular to the surfaces in contact,
|
||||||
|
and the friction is tangential. Pure rolling, on the other hand, is characterised
|
||||||
|
by the fact that there is no relative motion of the bodies at the point of
|
||||||
|
contact; that is, a rolling body is at every instant as it were fixed to the point
|
||||||
|
of contact. The reaction may be in any direction, i.e. it need not be normal
|
||||||
|
to the surfaces in contact. The friction in rolling appears as an additional
|
||||||
|
torque which opposes rolling.
|
||||||
|
If the friction in sliding is negligibly small, the surfaces concerned are
|
||||||
|
said to be perfectly smooth. If, on the other hand, only pure rolling without
|
||||||
|
sliding is possible, and the friction in rolling can be neglected, the surfaces
|
||||||
|
are said to be perfectly rough.
|
||||||
|
In both these cases the frictional forces do not appear explicitly in the pro-
|
||||||
|
blem, which is therefore purely one of mechanics. If, on the other hand, the
|
||||||
|
properties of the friction play an essential part in determining the motion,
|
||||||
|
then the latter is not a purely mechanical process (cf. $25).
|
||||||
|
Contact between two bodies reduces the number of their degrees of freedom
|
||||||
|
as compared with the case of free motion. Hitherto, in discussing such
|
||||||
|
§38
|
||||||
|
Rigid bodies in contact
|
||||||
|
123
|
||||||
|
problems, we have taken this reduction into account by using co-ordinates
|
||||||
|
which correspond directly to the actual number of degrees of freedom. In
|
||||||
|
rolling, however, such a choice of co-ordinates may be impossible.
|
||||||
|
The condition imposed on the motion of rolling bodies is that the velocities
|
||||||
|
of the points in contact should be equal; for example, when a body rolls on a
|
||||||
|
fixed surface, the velocity of the point of contact must be zero. In the general
|
||||||
|
case, this condition is expressed by the equations of constraint, of the form
|
||||||
|
E caide = 0,
|
||||||
|
(38.2)
|
||||||
|
where the Cai are functions of the co-ordinates only, and the suffix a denumer-
|
||||||
|
ates the equations. If the left-hand sides of these equations are not the total
|
||||||
|
time derivatives of some functions of the co-ordinates, the equations cannot
|
||||||
|
be integrated. In other words, they cannot be reduced to relations between the
|
||||||
|
co-ordinates only, which could be used to express the position of the bodies
|
||||||
|
in terms of fewer co-ordinates, corresponding to the actual number of degrees
|
||||||
|
of freedom. Such constraints are said to be non-holonomic, as opposed to
|
||||||
|
holonomic constraints, which impose relations between the co-ordinates only.
|
||||||
|
Let us consider, for example, the rolling of a sphere on a plane. As usual,
|
||||||
|
we denote by V the translational velocity (the velocity of the centre of the
|
||||||
|
sphere), and by Sa the angular velocity of rotation. The velocity of the point
|
||||||
|
of contact with the plane is found by putting r = - an in the general formula
|
||||||
|
V = +SXR; a is the radius of the sphere and n a unit vector along the
|
||||||
|
normal to the plane. The required condition is that there should be no sliding
|
||||||
|
at the point of contact, i.e.
|
||||||
|
V-aSxxn = 0.
|
||||||
|
(38.3)
|
||||||
|
This cannot be integrated: although the velocity V is the total time derivative
|
||||||
|
of the radius vector of the centre of the sphere, the angular velocity is not in
|
||||||
|
general the total time derivative of any co-ordinate. The constraint (38.3) is
|
||||||
|
therefore non-holonomic.t
|
||||||
|
Since the equations of non-holonomic constraints cannot be used to reduce
|
||||||
|
the number of co-ordinates, when such constraints are present it is necessary
|
||||||
|
to use co-ordinates which are not all independent. To derive the correspond-
|
||||||
|
ing Lagrange's equations, we return to the principle of least action.
|
||||||
|
The existence of the constraints (38.2) places certain restrictions on the
|
||||||
|
possible values of the variations of the co-ordinates: multiplying equations
|
||||||
|
(38.2) by St, we find that the variations dqi are not independent, but are
|
||||||
|
related by
|
||||||
|
(38.4)
|
||||||
|
t It may be noted that the similar constraint in the rolling of a cylinder is holonomic. In
|
||||||
|
that case the axis of rotation has a fixed direction in space, and hence la = do/dt is the total
|
||||||
|
derivative of the angle of rotation of the cylinder about its axis. The condition (38.3) can
|
||||||
|
therefore be integrated, and gives a relation between the angle and the co-ordinate of the
|
||||||
|
centre of mass.
|
||||||
|
124
|
||||||
|
Motion of a Rigid Body
|
||||||
|
§38
|
||||||
|
This must be taken into account in varying the action. According to
|
||||||
|
Lagrange's method of finding conditional extrema, we must add to the inte-
|
||||||
|
grand in the variation of the action
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
the left-hand sides of equations (38.4) multiplied by undetermined coeffici-
|
||||||
|
ents da (functions of the co-ordinates), and then equate the integral to zero.
|
||||||
|
In SO doing the variations dqi are regarded as entirely independent, and the
|
||||||
|
result is
|
||||||
|
(38.5)
|
||||||
|
These equations, together with the constraint equations (38.2), form a com-
|
||||||
|
plete set of equations for the unknowns qi and da.
|
||||||
|
The reaction forces do not appear in this treatment, and the contact of
|
||||||
|
the bodies is fully allowed for by means of the constraint equations. There
|
||||||
|
is, however, another method of deriving the equations of motion for bodies in
|
||||||
|
contact, in which the reactions are introduced explicitly. The essential feature
|
||||||
|
of this method, which is sometimes called d'Alembert's principle, is to write
|
||||||
|
for each of the bodies in contact the equations.
|
||||||
|
dP/dt==f,
|
||||||
|
(38.6)
|
||||||
|
wherein the forces f acting on each body include the reactions. The latter
|
||||||
|
are initially unknown and are determined, together with the motion of the
|
||||||
|
body, by solving the equations. This method is equally applicable for both
|
||||||
|
holonomic and non-holonomic constraints.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEMS
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 1. Using d'Alembert's principle, find the equations of motion of a homogeneous
|
||||||
|
sphere rolling on a plane under an external force F and torque K.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The constraint equation is (38.3). Denoting the reaction force at the point of
|
||||||
|
contact between the sphere and the plane by R, we have equations (38.6) in the form
|
||||||
|
u dV/dt = F+R,
|
||||||
|
(1)
|
||||||
|
dSu/dt = K-an xR,
|
||||||
|
(2)
|
||||||
|
where we have used the facts that P = V and, for a spherical top, M = ISE. Differentiating
|
||||||
|
the constraint equation (38.3) with respect to time, we have V = aS2xn. Substituting in
|
||||||
|
equation (1) and eliminating S by means of (2), we obtain (I/au)(F+R) = Kxn-aR+
|
||||||
|
+an(n . R), which relates R, F and K. Writing this equation in components and substitut-
|
||||||
|
ing I = zua2 (§32, Problem 2(b)), we have
|
||||||
|
R2 = -F2,
|
||||||
|
where the plane is taken as the xy-plane. Finally, substituting these expressions in (1), we
|
||||||
|
§38
|
||||||
|
Rigid bodies in contact
|
||||||
|
125
|
||||||
|
obtain the equations of motion involving only the given external force and torque:
|
||||||
|
dVx dt 7u 5 Ky
|
||||||
|
dt
|
||||||
|
The components Ox, Q2 y of the angular velocity are given in terms of Vx, Vy by the constraint
|
||||||
|
equation (38.3); for S2 we have the equation 2 dQ2/dt = K2, the z-component of equa-
|
||||||
|
tion (2).
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. A uniform rod BD of weight P and length l rests against a wall as shown in
|
||||||
|
Fig. 52 and its lower end B is held by a string AB. Find the reaction of the wall and the ten-
|
||||||
|
sion in the string.
|
||||||
|
Rc
|
||||||
|
h
|
||||||
|
P
|
||||||
|
RB
|
||||||
|
T
|
||||||
|
A
|
||||||
|
B
|
||||||
|
FIG. 52
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The weight of the rod can be represented by a force P vertically downwards,
|
||||||
|
applied at its midpoint. The reactions RB and Rc are respectively vertically upwards and
|
||||||
|
perpendicular to the rod; the tension T in the string is directed from B to A. The solution
|
||||||
|
of the equations of equilibrium gives Rc = (Pl/4h) sin 2a, RB = P-Rcsin x, T = Rc cos a.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 3. A rod of weight P has one end A on a vertical plane and the other end B on
|
||||||
|
a horizontal plane (Fig. 53), and is held in position by two horizontal strings AD and BC,
|
||||||
|
RB
|
||||||
|
TA
|
||||||
|
A
|
||||||
|
RA
|
||||||
|
C
|
||||||
|
FIG. 53
|
||||||
|
126
|
||||||
|
Motion of a Rigid Body
|
||||||
189
1/39-motion-in-a-non-inertial-frame-of-reference.md
Normal file
189
1/39-motion-in-a-non-inertial-frame-of-reference.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 39-motion-in-a-non-inertial-frame-of-reference
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
the latter being in the same vertical plane as AB. Determine the reactions of the planes and
|
||||||
|
the tensions in the strings.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The tensions TA and TB are from A to D and from B to C respectively. The
|
||||||
|
reactions RA and RB are perpendicular to the corresponding planes. The solution of the
|
||||||
|
equations of equilibrium gives RB = P, TB = 1P cot a, RA = TB sin B, TA = TB cos B.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 4. Two rods of length l and negligible weight are hinged together, and their ends
|
||||||
|
are connected by a string AB (Fig. 54). They stand on a plane, and a force F is applied
|
||||||
|
at the midpoint of one rod. Determine the reactions.
|
||||||
|
RC
|
||||||
|
C
|
||||||
|
PA
|
||||||
|
F
|
||||||
|
1
|
||||||
|
RB
|
||||||
|
T
|
||||||
|
T
|
||||||
|
A
|
||||||
|
B
|
||||||
|
FIG. 54
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The tension T acts at A from A to B, and at B from B to A. The reactions RA
|
||||||
|
and RB at A and B are perpendicular to the plane. Let Rc be the reaction on the rod AC at
|
||||||
|
the hinge; then a reaction - -Rc acts on the rod BC. The condition that the sum of the moments
|
||||||
|
of the forces RB, T and - -Rc acting on the rod BC should be zero shows that Rc acts along
|
||||||
|
BC. The remaining conditions of equilibrium (for the two rods separately) give RA = 1F,
|
||||||
|
RB = 1F, Rc = 1F cosec a, T = 1F cot a, where a is the angle CAB.
|
||||||
|
§39. Motion in a non-inertial frame of reference
|
||||||
|
Up to this point we have always used inertial frames of reference in discuss-
|
||||||
|
ing the motion of mechanical systems. For example, the Lagrangian
|
||||||
|
L = 1mvo2- U,
|
||||||
|
(39.1)
|
||||||
|
and the corresponding equation of motion m dvo/dt = - au/dr, for a single
|
||||||
|
particle in an external field are valid only in an inertial frame. (In this section
|
||||||
|
the suffix 0 denotes quantities pertaining to an inertial frame.)
|
||||||
|
Let us now consider what the equations of motion will be in a non-inertial
|
||||||
|
frame of reference. The basis of the solution of this problem is again the
|
||||||
|
principle of least action, whose validity does not depend on the frame of
|
||||||
|
reference chosen. Lagrange's equations
|
||||||
|
(39.2)
|
||||||
|
are likewise valid, but the Lagrangian is no longer of the form (39.1), and to
|
||||||
|
derive it we must carry out the necessary transformation of the function Lo.
|
||||||
|
§39
|
||||||
|
Motion in a non-inertial frame of reference
|
||||||
|
127
|
||||||
|
This transformation is done in two steps. Let us first consider a frame of
|
||||||
|
reference K' which moves with a translational velocity V(t) relative to the
|
||||||
|
inertial frame K0. The velocities V0 and v' of a particle in the frames Ko and
|
||||||
|
K' respectively are related by
|
||||||
|
vo = v'+ V(t).
|
||||||
|
(39.3)
|
||||||
|
Substitution of this in (39.1) gives the Lagrangian in K':
|
||||||
|
L' = 1mv2+mv.+1mV2-U
|
||||||
|
Now V2(t) is a given function of time, and can be written as the total deriva-
|
||||||
|
tive with respect to t of some other function; the third term in L' can there-
|
||||||
|
fore be omitted. Next, v' = dr'/dt, where r' is the radius vector of the par-
|
||||||
|
ticle in the frame K'. Hence
|
||||||
|
mV(t)+v'= mV.dr/'dt = d(mV.r')/dt-mr'.dV/dt.
|
||||||
|
Substituting in the Lagrangian and again omitting the total time derivative,
|
||||||
|
we have finally
|
||||||
|
L' =
|
||||||
|
(39.4)
|
||||||
|
where W = dV/dt is the translational acceleration of the frame K'.
|
||||||
|
The Lagrange's equation derived from (39.4) is
|
||||||
|
(39.5)
|
||||||
|
Thus an accelerated translational motion of a frame of reference is equivalent,
|
||||||
|
as regards its effect on the equations of motion of a particle, to the application
|
||||||
|
of a uniform field of force equal to the mass of the particle multiplied by the
|
||||||
|
acceleration W, in the direction opposite to this acceleration.
|
||||||
|
Let us now bring in a further frame of reference K, whose origin coincides
|
||||||
|
with that of K', but which rotates relative to K' with angular velocity Su(t).
|
||||||
|
Thus K executes both a translational and a rotational motion relative to the
|
||||||
|
inertial frame Ko.
|
||||||
|
The velocity v' of the particle relative to K' is composed of its velocity
|
||||||
|
V
|
||||||
|
relative to K and the velocity Sxr of its rotation with K: v' = Lxr
|
||||||
|
(since the radius vectors r and r' in the frames K and K' coincide). Substitut-
|
||||||
|
ing this in the Lagrangian (39.4), we obtain
|
||||||
|
L = +mv.Sx+1m(xr)2-mW.r-
|
||||||
|
(39.6)
|
||||||
|
This is the general form of the Lagrangian of a particle in an arbitrary, not
|
||||||
|
necessarily inertial, frame of reference. The rotation of the frame leads to the
|
||||||
|
appearance in the Lagrangian of a term linear in the velocity of the particle.
|
||||||
|
To calculate the derivatives appearing in Lagrange's equation, we write
|
||||||
|
128
|
||||||
|
Motion of a Rigid Body
|
||||||
|
§39
|
||||||
|
the total differential
|
||||||
|
dL = mv.dv+mdv.Sxr+mv.Sxdr+
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
v.dv+mdv.xr+mdr.vxR+
|
||||||
|
The terms in dv and dr give
|
||||||
|
0L/dr X Q-mW-dU/0r. - -
|
||||||
|
Substitution of these expressions in (39.2) gives the required equation of
|
||||||
|
motion:
|
||||||
|
mdv/dt = (39.7)
|
||||||
|
We see that the "inertia forces" due to the rotation of the frame consist
|
||||||
|
of three terms. The force mrxo is due to the non-uniformity of the rotation,
|
||||||
|
but the other two terms appear even if the rotation is uniform. The force
|
||||||
|
2mvxs is called the Coriolis force; unlike any other (non-dissipative) force
|
||||||
|
hitherto considered, it depends on the velocity of the particle. The force
|
||||||
|
mSX(rxS) is called the centrifugal force. It lies in the plane through r and
|
||||||
|
S, is perpendicular to the axis of rotation (i.e. to S2), and is directed away
|
||||||
|
from the axis. The magnitude of this force is mpO2, where P is the distance
|
||||||
|
of the particle from the axis of rotation.
|
||||||
|
Let us now consider the particular case of a uniformly rotating frame with
|
||||||
|
no translational acceleration. Putting in (39.6) and (39.7) S = constant,
|
||||||
|
W = 0, we obtain the Lagrangian
|
||||||
|
L
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(39.8)
|
||||||
|
and the equation of motion
|
||||||
|
mdv/dt = -
|
||||||
|
(39.9)
|
||||||
|
The energy of the particle in this case is obtained by substituting
|
||||||
|
p =
|
||||||
|
(39.10)
|
||||||
|
in E = p.v-L, which gives
|
||||||
|
E =
|
||||||
|
(39.11)
|
||||||
|
It should be noticed that the energy contains no term linear in the velocity.
|
||||||
|
The rotation of the frame simply adds to the energy a term depending only
|
||||||
|
on the co-ordinates of the particle and proportional to the square of the
|
||||||
|
angular velocity. This additional term - 1m(Sxr)2 is called the centrifugal
|
||||||
|
potential energy.
|
||||||
|
The velocity V of the particle relative to the uniformly rotating frame of
|
||||||
|
reference is related to its velocity V0 relative to the inertial frame Ko by
|
||||||
|
(39.12)
|
||||||
|
§39
|
||||||
|
Motion in a non-inertial frame of reference
|
||||||
|
129
|
||||||
|
The momentum p (39.10) of the particle in the frame K is therefore the same
|
||||||
|
as its momentum Po = MVO in the frame K0. The angular momenta
|
||||||
|
M = rxpo and M = rxp are likewise equal. The energies of the particle
|
||||||
|
in the two frames are not the same, however. Substituting V from (39.12) in
|
||||||
|
(39.11), we obtain E = 1mv02-mvo Sxr+U = 1mvo2 + mrxvo S.
|
||||||
|
The first two terms are the energy E0 in the frame K0. Using the angular
|
||||||
|
momentum M, we have
|
||||||
|
E = E0 n-M.S.
|
||||||
|
(39.13)
|
||||||
|
This formula gives the law of transformation of energy when we change to a
|
||||||
|
uniformly rotating frame. Although it has been derived for a single particle,
|
||||||
|
the derivation can evidently be generalised immediately to any system of
|
||||||
|
particles, and the same formula (39.13) is obtained.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEMS
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 1. Find the deflection of a freely falling body from the vertical caused by the
|
||||||
|
Earth's rotation, assuming the angular velocity of this rotation to be small.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. In a gravitational field U = -mg. r, where g is the gravity acceleration
|
||||||
|
vector; neglecting the centrifugal force in equation (39.9) as containing the square of S, we
|
||||||
|
have the equation of motion
|
||||||
|
v = 2vxSu+g.
|
||||||
|
(1)
|
||||||
|
This equation may be solved by successive approximations. To do so, we put V = V1+V2,
|
||||||
|
where V1 is the solution of the equation V1 = g, i.e. V1 = gt+ (Vo being the initial velocity).
|
||||||
|
Substituting V = V1+v2in (1) and retaining only V1 on the right, we have for V2 the equation
|
||||||
|
V2 = 2v1xSc = 2tgxSt+2voxS. Integration gives
|
||||||
|
(2)
|
||||||
|
where h is the initial radius vector of the particle.
|
||||||
|
Let the z-axis be vertically upwards, and the x-axis towards the pole; then gx = gy = 0,
|
||||||
|
n sin 1, where A is the latitude (which for definite-
|
||||||
|
ness we take to be north). Putting V0 = 0 in (2), we find x = 0, =-1t300 cos A. Substitu-
|
||||||
|
tion of the time of fall t 22 (2h/g) gives finally x = 0,3 = - 1(2h/g)3/2 cos A, the negative
|
||||||
|
value indicating an eastward deflection.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. Determine the deflection from coplanarity of the path of a particle thrown
|
||||||
|
from the Earth's surface with velocity Vo.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. Let the xx-plane be such as to contain the velocity Vo. The initial altitude
|
||||||
|
h = 0. The lateral deviation is given by (2), Problem 1: y =
|
||||||
|
or, substituting the time of flight t 22 2voz/g, y =
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 3. Determine the effect of the Earth's rotation on small oscillations of a pendulum
|
||||||
|
(the problem of Foucault's pendulum).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. Neglecting the vertical displacement of the pendulum, as being a quantity
|
||||||
|
of the second order of smallness, we can regard the motion as taking place in the horizontal
|
||||||
|
xy-plane. Omitting terms in N°, we have the equations of motion x+w2x = 20zy, j+w2y
|
||||||
|
= -20zx, where w is the frequency of oscillation of the pendulum if the Earth's rotation is
|
||||||
|
neglected. Multiplying the second equation by i and adding, we obtain a single equation
|
||||||
|
130
|
||||||
|
Motion of a Rigid Body
|
||||||
|
§39
|
||||||
|
+2i02s+w28 = 0 for the complex quantity $ = xtiy. For I2<<, the solution of this
|
||||||
|
equation is
|
||||||
|
$ = exp(-is2t) [A1 exp(iwt) +A2 exp(-iwt)]
|
||||||
|
or
|
||||||
|
xtiy = (xo+iyo) exp(-is2zt),
|
||||||
|
where the functions xo(t), yo(t) give the path of the pendulum when the Earth's rotation is
|
||||||
|
neglected. The effect of this rotation is therefore to turn the path about the vertical with
|
||||||
|
angular velocity Qz.
|
||||||
|
CHAPTER VII
|
||||||
|
THE CANONICAL EQUATIONS
|
||||||
83
1/40-hamiltons-equations.md
Normal file
83
1/40-hamiltons-equations.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 40-hamiltons-equations
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
THE formulation of the laws of mechanics in terms of the Lagrangian, and
|
||||||
|
of Lagrange's equations derived from it, presupposes that the mechanical
|
||||||
|
state of a system is described by specifying its generalised co-ordinates and
|
||||||
|
velocities. This is not the only possible mode of description, however. A
|
||||||
|
number of advantages, especially in the study of certain general problems of
|
||||||
|
mechanics, attach to a description in terms of the generalised co-ordinates
|
||||||
|
and momenta of the system. The question therefore arises of the form of
|
||||||
|
the equations of motion corresponding to that formulation of mechanics.
|
||||||
|
The passage from one set of independent variables to another can be
|
||||||
|
effected by means of what is called in mathematics Legendre's transformation.
|
||||||
|
In the present case this transformation is as follows. The total differential
|
||||||
|
of the Lagrangian as a function of co-ordinates and velocities is
|
||||||
|
dL =
|
||||||
|
This expression may be written
|
||||||
|
(40.1)
|
||||||
|
since the derivatives aL/dqi are, by definition, the generalised momenta, and
|
||||||
|
aL/dqi = pi by Lagrange's equations. Writing the second term in (40.1) as
|
||||||
|
= - Eqi dpi, taking the differential d(piqi) to the left-hand
|
||||||
|
side, and reversing the signs, we obtain from (40.1)
|
||||||
|
The argument of the differential is the energy of the system (cf. §6);
|
||||||
|
expressed in terms of co-ordinates and momenta, it is called the Hamilton's
|
||||||
|
function or Hamiltonian of the system:
|
||||||
|
(40.2)
|
||||||
|
t The reader may find useful the following table showing certain differences between the
|
||||||
|
nomenclature used in this book and that which is generally used in the English literature.
|
||||||
|
Here
|
||||||
|
Elsewhere
|
||||||
|
Principle of least action
|
||||||
|
Hamilton's principle
|
||||||
|
Maupertuis' principle
|
||||||
|
Principle of least action
|
||||||
|
Maupertuis' principle
|
||||||
|
Action
|
||||||
|
Hamilton's principal function
|
||||||
|
Abbreviated action
|
||||||
|
Action
|
||||||
|
- -Translators.
|
||||||
|
131
|
||||||
|
132
|
||||||
|
The Canonical Equations
|
||||||
|
§40
|
||||||
|
From the equation in differentials
|
||||||
|
dH =
|
||||||
|
(40.3)
|
||||||
|
in which the independent variables are the co-ordinates and momenta, we
|
||||||
|
have the equations
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(40.4)
|
||||||
|
These are the required equations of motion in the variables P and q, and
|
||||||
|
are called Hamilton's equations. They form a set of 2s first-order differential
|
||||||
|
equations for the 2s unknown functions Pi(t) and qi(t), replacing the S second-
|
||||||
|
order equations in the Lagrangian treatment. Because of their simplicity and
|
||||||
|
symmetry of form, they are also called canonical equations.
|
||||||
|
The total time derivative of the Hamiltonian is
|
||||||
|
Substitution of qi and pi from equations (40.4) shows that the last two terms
|
||||||
|
cancel, and so
|
||||||
|
dH/dt==Hoo.
|
||||||
|
(40.5)
|
||||||
|
In particular, if the Hamiltonian does not depend explicitly on time, then
|
||||||
|
dH/dt = 0, and we have the law of conservation of energy.
|
||||||
|
As well as the dynamical variables q, q or q, P, the Lagrangian and the
|
||||||
|
Hamiltonian involve various parameters which relate to the properties of the
|
||||||
|
mechanical system itself, or to the external forces on it. Let A be one such
|
||||||
|
parameter. Regarding it as a variable, we have instead of (40.1)
|
||||||
|
dL
|
||||||
|
and (40.3) becomes
|
||||||
|
dH =
|
||||||
|
Hence
|
||||||
|
(40.6)
|
||||||
|
which relates the derivatives of the Lagrangian and the Hamiltonian with
|
||||||
|
respect to the parameter A. The suffixes to the derivatives show the quantities
|
||||||
|
which are to be kept constant in the differentiation.
|
||||||
|
This result can be put in another way. Let the Lagrangian be of the form
|
||||||
|
L = Lo + L', where L' is a small correction to the function Lo. Then the
|
||||||
|
corresponding addition H' in the Hamiltonian H = H + H' is related to L'
|
||||||
|
by
|
||||||
|
(H')p,a - (L')
|
||||||
|
(40.7)
|
||||||
|
It may be noticed that, in transforming (40.1) into (40.3), we did not
|
||||||
|
include a term in dt to take account of a possible explicit time-dependence
|
||||||
39
1/41-the-routhian.md
Normal file
39
1/41-the-routhian.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 41-the-routhian
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
The Routhian
|
||||||
|
133
|
||||||
|
of the Lagrangian, since the time would there be only a parameter which
|
||||||
|
would not be involved in the transformation. Analogously to formula (40.6),
|
||||||
|
the partial time derivatives of L and H are related by
|
||||||
|
(40.8)
|
||||||
|
PROBLEMS
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 1. Find the Hamiltonian for a single particle in Cartesian, cylindrical and
|
||||||
|
spherical co-ordinates.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. In Cartesian co-ordinates x, y, 2,
|
||||||
|
in cylindrical co-ordinates r, , z,
|
||||||
|
in spherical co-ordinates r, 0, ,
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. Find the Hamiltonian for a particle in a uniformly rotating frame of reference.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. Expressing the velocity V in the energy (39.11) in terms of the momentum p
|
||||||
|
by (39.10), we have H = p2/2m-S rxp+U.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 3. Find the Hamiltonian for a system comprising one particle of mass M and n
|
||||||
|
particles each of mass m, excluding the motion of the centre of mass (see §13, Problem).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The energy E is obtained from the Lagrangian found in §13, Problem, by
|
||||||
|
changing the sign of U. The generalised momenta are
|
||||||
|
Pa = OL/OV
|
||||||
|
Hence
|
||||||
|
-
|
||||||
|
= (mM/14)
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
Substitution in E gives
|
||||||
|
41. The Routhian
|
||||||
|
In some cases it is convenient, in changing to new variables, to replace
|
||||||
|
only some, and not all, of the generalised velocities by momenta. The trans-
|
||||||
|
formation is entirely similar to that given in 40.
|
||||||
|
To simplify the formulae, let us at first suppose that there are only two
|
||||||
|
co-ordinates q and E, say, and transform from the variables q, $, q, $ to
|
||||||
|
q, $, p, & where P is the generalised momentum corresponding to the co-
|
||||||
|
ordinate q.
|
||||||
|
134
|
||||||
|
The Canonical Equations
|
||||||
169
1/42-poisson-brackets.md
Normal file
169
1/42-poisson-brackets.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 42-poisson-brackets
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
The differential of the Lagrangian L(q, $, q, §) is
|
||||||
|
dL = dq + (al/dg) ds (0L/as) d
|
||||||
|
d,
|
||||||
|
whence
|
||||||
|
= (0L/d) d.
|
||||||
|
If we define the Routhian as
|
||||||
|
= pq-L,
|
||||||
|
(41.1)
|
||||||
|
in which the velocity q is expressed in terms of the momentum P by means
|
||||||
|
of the equation P = 0L/dq, then its differential is
|
||||||
|
dR = - ds - (aL/a)
|
||||||
|
(41.2)
|
||||||
|
Hence
|
||||||
|
DRIP, p = OR/dq,
|
||||||
|
(41.3)
|
||||||
|
(41.4)
|
||||||
|
Substituting these equations in the Lagrangian for the co-ordinate $, we have
|
||||||
|
(41.5)
|
||||||
|
Thus the Routhian is a Hamiltonian with respect to the co-ordinate q
|
||||||
|
(equations (41.3)) and a Lagrangian with respect to the co-ordinate $ (equation
|
||||||
|
(41.5)).
|
||||||
|
According to the general definition the energy of the system is
|
||||||
|
E -p-L =
|
||||||
|
In terms of the Routhian it is
|
||||||
|
E=R-R,
|
||||||
|
(41.6)
|
||||||
|
as we find by substituting (41.1) and (41.4).
|
||||||
|
The generalisation of the above formulae to the case of several co-ordinates
|
||||||
|
q and & is evident.
|
||||||
|
The use of the Routhian may be convenient, in particular, when some of
|
||||||
|
the co-ordinates are cyclic. If the co-ordinates q are cyclic, they do not appear
|
||||||
|
in the Lagrangian, nor therefore in the Routhian, so that the latter is a func-
|
||||||
|
tion of P, $ and $. The momenta P corresponding to cyclic co-ordinates are
|
||||||
|
constant, as follows also from the second equation (41.3), which in this sense
|
||||||
|
contains no new information. When the momenta P are replaced by their
|
||||||
|
given constant values, equations (41.5) (d/dt) JR(p, $, 5)108 = JR(P, &, §) 128
|
||||||
|
become equations containing only the co-ordinates $, so that the cyclic co-
|
||||||
|
ordinates are entirely eliminated. If these equations are solved for the func-
|
||||||
|
tions (t), substitution of the latter on the right-hand sides of the equations
|
||||||
|
q = JR(p, $, E) gives the functions q(t) by direct integration.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM
|
||||||
|
Find the Routhian for a symmetrical top in an external field U(, 0), eliminating the cyclic
|
||||||
|
co-ordinate 4 (where 4, , 0 are Eulerian angles).
|
||||||
|
§42
|
||||||
|
Poisson brackets
|
||||||
|
135
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The Lagrangian is = see
|
||||||
|
§35, Problem 1. The Routhian is
|
||||||
|
R = cos 0);
|
||||||
|
the first term is a constant and may be omitted.
|
||||||
|
42. Poisson brackets
|
||||||
|
Let f (p, q, t) be some function of co-ordinates, momenta and time. Its
|
||||||
|
total time derivative is
|
||||||
|
df
|
||||||
|
Substitution of the values of and Pk given by Hamilton's equations (40.4)
|
||||||
|
leads to the expression
|
||||||
|
(42.1)
|
||||||
|
where
|
||||||
|
(42.2)
|
||||||
|
dqk
|
||||||
|
This expression is called the Poisson bracket of the quantities H and f.
|
||||||
|
Those functions of the dynamical variables which remain constant during
|
||||||
|
the motion of the system are, as we know, called integrals of the motion.
|
||||||
|
We see from (42.1) that the condition for the quantity f to be an integral of
|
||||||
|
the motion (df/dt = 0) can be written
|
||||||
|
af(dt+[H,f]=0
|
||||||
|
(42.3)
|
||||||
|
If the integral of the motion is not explicitly dependent on the time, then
|
||||||
|
[H,f] = 0,
|
||||||
|
(42.4)
|
||||||
|
i.e. the Poisson bracket of the integral and the Hamiltonian must be zero.
|
||||||
|
For any two quantities f and g, the Poisson bracket is defined analogously
|
||||||
|
to (42.2):
|
||||||
|
(42.5)
|
||||||
|
The Poisson bracket has the following properties, which are easily derived
|
||||||
|
from its definition.
|
||||||
|
If the two functions are interchanged, the bracket changes sign; if one of
|
||||||
|
the functions is a constant c, the bracket is zero:
|
||||||
|
(42.6)
|
||||||
|
[f,c]=0.
|
||||||
|
(42.7)
|
||||||
|
Also
|
||||||
|
[f1+f2,g]=[f1,g)+[f2,g]
|
||||||
|
(42.8)
|
||||||
|
[f1f2,g] ]=fi[fa,8]+f2[f1,8] =
|
||||||
|
(42.9)
|
||||||
|
Taking the partial derivative of (42.5) with respect to time, we obtain
|
||||||
|
(42.10)
|
||||||
|
136
|
||||||
|
The Canonical Equations
|
||||||
|
§42
|
||||||
|
If one of the functions f and g is one of the momenta or co-ordinates, the
|
||||||
|
Poisson bracket reduces to a partial derivative:
|
||||||
|
(42.11)
|
||||||
|
(42.12)
|
||||||
|
Formula (42.11), for example, may be obtained by putting g = qk in (42.5);
|
||||||
|
the sum reduces to a single term, since dqk/dqi = 8kl and dqk/dpi = 0. Put-
|
||||||
|
ting in (42.11) and (42.12) the function f equal to qi and Pi we have, in parti-
|
||||||
|
cular,
|
||||||
|
[qi,qk] = [Pi, Pk] =0, [Pi, 9k] = Sik.
|
||||||
|
(42.13)
|
||||||
|
The relation
|
||||||
|
[f,[g,h]]+[g,[h,f]]+[h,[f,g]] = 0,
|
||||||
|
(42.14)
|
||||||
|
known as Jacobi's identity, holds between the Poisson brackets formed from
|
||||||
|
three functions f, g and h. To prove it, we first note the following result.
|
||||||
|
According to the definition (42.5), the Poisson bracket [f,g] is a bilinear
|
||||||
|
homogeneous function of the first derivatives of f and g. Hence the bracket
|
||||||
|
[h,[f,g]], for example, is a linear homogeneous function of the second
|
||||||
|
derivatives of f and g. The left-hand side of equation (42.14) is therefore a
|
||||||
|
linear homogeneous function of the second derivatives of all three functions
|
||||||
|
f, g and h. Let us collect the terms involving the second derivatives of f.
|
||||||
|
The first bracket contains no such terms, since it involves only the first
|
||||||
|
derivatives of f. The sum of the second and third brackets may be symboli-
|
||||||
|
cally written in terms of the linear differential operators D1 and D2, defined by
|
||||||
|
D1() = [g, ], D2(b) = [h, ]. Then
|
||||||
|
3,[h,f]]+[h,[f,g]] = [g, [h,f]]-[h,[g,f]
|
||||||
|
= D1[D2(f)]-D2[D1(f)]
|
||||||
|
= (D1D2-D2D1)f.
|
||||||
|
It is easy to see that this combination of linear differential operators cannot
|
||||||
|
involve the second derivatives of f. The general form of the linear differential
|
||||||
|
operators is
|
||||||
|
where & and Nk are arbitrary functions of the variables .... Then
|
||||||
|
and the difference of these,
|
||||||
|
§42
|
||||||
|
Poisson brackets
|
||||||
|
137
|
||||||
|
is again an operator involving only single differentiations. Thus the terms in
|
||||||
|
the second derivatives of f on the left-hand side of equation (42.14) cancel
|
||||||
|
and, since the same is of course true of g and h, the whole expression is identi-
|
||||||
|
cally zero.
|
||||||
|
An important property of the Poisson bracket is that, if f and g are two
|
||||||
|
integrals of the motion, their Poisson bracket is likewise an integral of the
|
||||||
|
motion:
|
||||||
|
[f,g] = constant. =
|
||||||
|
(42.15)
|
||||||
|
This is Poisson's theorem. The proof is very simple if f and g do not depend
|
||||||
|
explicitly on the time. Putting h = H in Jacobi's identity, we obtain
|
||||||
|
[H,[f,g]]+[f,[g,H]]+[g,[H,fl]=0.
|
||||||
|
Hence, if [H, g] =0 and [H,f] = 0, then [H,[f,g]] = 0, which is the
|
||||||
|
required result.
|
||||||
|
If the integrals f and g of the motion are explicitly time-dependent, we
|
||||||
|
put, from (42.1),
|
||||||
|
Using formula (42.10) and expressing the bracket [H, [f,g]] in terms of two
|
||||||
|
others by means of Jacobi's identity, we find
|
||||||
|
d
|
||||||
|
[
|
||||||
|
(42.16)
|
||||||
|
which evidently proves Poisson's theorem.
|
||||||
|
Of course, Poisson's theorem does not always supply further integrals of
|
||||||
|
the motion, since there are only 2s-1 - of these (s being the number of degrees
|
||||||
|
of freedom). In some cases the result is trivial, the Poisson bracket being a
|
||||||
|
constant. In other cases the integral obtained is simply a function of the ori-
|
||||||
|
ginal integrals f and g. If neither of these two possibilities occurs, however,
|
||||||
|
then the Poisson bracket is a further integral of the motion.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEMS
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 1. Determine the Poisson brackets formed from the Cartesian components of
|
||||||
|
the momentum p and the angular momentum M = rxp of a particle.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. Formula (42.12) gives [Mx, Py] = -MM/Dy = -d(yp:-2py)/dy
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
-Pz,
|
||||||
|
and similarly [Mx, Px] = 0, [Mx, P2] = Py. The remaining brackets are obtained by cyclically
|
||||||
|
permuting the suffixes x, y, Z.
|
||||||
|
6
|
||||||
|
138
|
||||||
|
The Canonical Equations
|
||||||
83
1/43-the-actions-as-a-function-of-the-co-ordinates.md
Normal file
83
1/43-the-actions-as-a-function-of-the-co-ordinates.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 43-the-actions-as-a-function-of-the-co-ordinates
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. Determine the Poisson brackets formed from the components of M.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. A direct calculation from formula (42.5) gives [Mx, My] = -M2, [My, M]
|
||||||
|
= -Mx, [Mz, Mx] = -My.
|
||||||
|
Since the momenta and co-ordinates of different particles are mutually independent variables,
|
||||||
|
it is easy to see that the formulae derived in Problems 1 and 2 are valid also for the total
|
||||||
|
momentum and angular momentum of any system of particles.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 3. Show that [, M2] = 0, where is any function, spherically symmetrical
|
||||||
|
about the origin, of the co-ordinates and momentum of a particle.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. Such a function can depend on the components of the vectors r and p only
|
||||||
|
through the combinations r2, p2, r. p. Hence
|
||||||
|
and similarly for The required relation may be verified by direct calculation from
|
||||||
|
formula (42.5), using these formulae for the partial derivatives.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 4. Show that [f, M] = n xf, where f is a vector function of the co-ordinates
|
||||||
|
and momentum of a particle, and n is a unit vector parallel to the z-axis.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. An arbitrary vector f(r,p) may be written as f = where
|
||||||
|
01, O2, 03 are scalar functions. The required relation may be verified by direct calculation
|
||||||
|
from formulae (42.9), (42.11), (42.12) and the formula of Problem 3.
|
||||||
|
$43. The action as a function of the co-ordinates
|
||||||
|
In formulating the principle of least action, we have considered the integral
|
||||||
|
(43.1)
|
||||||
|
taken along a path between two given positions q(1) and q(2) which the system
|
||||||
|
occupies at given instants t1 and t2. In varying the action, we compared the
|
||||||
|
values of this integral for neighbouring paths with the same values of q(t1)
|
||||||
|
and q(t2). Only one of these paths corresponds to the actual motion, namely
|
||||||
|
the path for which the integral S has its minimum value.
|
||||||
|
Let us now consider another aspect of the concept of action, regarding S
|
||||||
|
as a quantity characterising the motion along the actual path, and compare
|
||||||
|
the values of S for paths having a common beginning at q(t1) = q(1), but
|
||||||
|
passing through different points at time t2. In other words, we consider the
|
||||||
|
action integral for the true path as a function of the co-ordinates at the upper
|
||||||
|
limit of integration.
|
||||||
|
The change in the action from one path to a neighbouring path is given
|
||||||
|
(if there is one degree of freedom) by the expression (2.5):
|
||||||
|
8S =
|
||||||
|
Since the paths of actual motion satisfy Lagrange's equations, the integral
|
||||||
|
in 8S is zero. In the first term we put Sq(t1) = 0, and denote the value of
|
||||||
|
§43
|
||||||
|
The action as a function of the co-ordinates
|
||||||
|
139
|
||||||
|
8q(t2) by 8q simply. Replacing 0L/dq by p, we have finally 8S = pdq or, in
|
||||||
|
the general case of any number of degrees of freedom,
|
||||||
|
ES==Pisqu-
|
||||||
|
(43.2)
|
||||||
|
From this relation it follows that the partial derivatives of the action with
|
||||||
|
respect to the co-ordinates are equal to the corresponding momenta:
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(43.3)
|
||||||
|
The action may similarly be regarded as an explicit function of time, by
|
||||||
|
considering paths starting at a given instant t1 and at a given point q(1), and
|
||||||
|
ending at a given point q(2) at various times t2 = t. The partial derivative
|
||||||
|
asiat thus obtained may be found by an appropriate variation of the integral.
|
||||||
|
It is simpler, however, to use formula (43.3), proceeding as follows.
|
||||||
|
From the definition of the action, its total time derivative along the path is
|
||||||
|
dS/dt = L.
|
||||||
|
(43.4)
|
||||||
|
Next, regarding S as a function of co-ordinates and time, in the sense des-
|
||||||
|
cribed above, and using formula (43.3), we have
|
||||||
|
dS
|
||||||
|
A comparison gives asid = L- or
|
||||||
|
(43.5)
|
||||||
|
Formulae (43.3) and (43.5) may be represented by the expression
|
||||||
|
(43.6)
|
||||||
|
for the total differential of the action as a function of co-ordinates and time
|
||||||
|
at the upper limit of integration in (43.1). Let us now suppose that the co-
|
||||||
|
ordinates (and time) at the beginning of the motion, as well as at the end,
|
||||||
|
are variable. It is evident that the corresponding change in S will be given
|
||||||
|
by the difference of the expressions (43.6) for the beginning and end of the
|
||||||
|
path, i.e.
|
||||||
|
dsp
|
||||||
|
(43.7)
|
||||||
|
This relation shows that, whatever the external forces on the system during
|
||||||
|
its motion, its final state cannot be an arbitrary function of its initial state;
|
||||||
|
only those motions are possible for which the expression on the right-hand
|
||||||
|
side of equation (43.7) is a perfect differential. Thus the existence of the
|
||||||
|
principle of least action, quite apart from any particular form of the Lagran-
|
||||||
|
gian, imposes certain restrictions on the range of possible motions. In parti-
|
||||||
|
cular, it is possible to derive a number of general properties, independent
|
||||||
|
of the external fields, for beams of particles diverging from given points in
|
||||||
|
140
|
||||||
|
The Canonical Equations
|
||||||
106
1/44-maupertuis-principle.md
Normal file
106
1/44-maupertuis-principle.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 44-maupertuis-principle
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
space. The study of these properties forms a part of the subject of geometrical
|
||||||
|
optics.+
|
||||||
|
It is of interest to note that Hamilton's equations can be formally derived
|
||||||
|
from the condition of minimum action in the form
|
||||||
|
(43.8)
|
||||||
|
which follows from (43.6), if the co-ordinates and momenta are varied inde-
|
||||||
|
pendently. Again assuming for simplicity that there is only one co-ordinate
|
||||||
|
and momentum, we write the variation of the action as
|
||||||
|
= dt - (OH/dp)8p dt].
|
||||||
|
An integration by parts in the second term gives
|
||||||
|
At the limits of integration we must put 8q = 0, so that the integrated term
|
||||||
|
is zero. The remaining expression can be zero only if the two integrands
|
||||||
|
vanish separately, since the variations Sp and 8q are independent and arbitrary
|
||||||
|
dq = (OH/OP) dt, dp = - (dH/dq) dt, which, after division by dt, are
|
||||||
|
Hamilton's equations.
|
||||||
|
$44. Maupertuis' principle
|
||||||
|
The motion of a mechanical system is entirely determined by the principle
|
||||||
|
of least action: by solving the equations of motion which follow from that
|
||||||
|
principle, we can find both the form of the path and the position on the path
|
||||||
|
as a function of time.
|
||||||
|
If the problem is the more restricted one of determining only the path,
|
||||||
|
without reference to time, a simplified form of the principle of least action
|
||||||
|
may be used. We assume that the Lagrangian, and therefore the Hamilton-
|
||||||
|
ian, do not involve the time explicitly, SO that the energy of the system is
|
||||||
|
conserved: H(p, q) = E = constant. According to the principle of least action,
|
||||||
|
the variation of the action, for given initial and final co-ordinates and times
|
||||||
|
(to and t, say), is zero. If, however, we allow a variation of the final time t,
|
||||||
|
the initial and final co-ordinates remaining fixed, we have (cf.(43.7))
|
||||||
|
8S = -Hot.
|
||||||
|
(44.1)
|
||||||
|
We now compare, not all virtual motions of the system, but only those
|
||||||
|
which satisfy the law of conservation of energy. For such paths we can
|
||||||
|
replace H in (44.1) by a constant E, which gives
|
||||||
|
SS+Est=0.
|
||||||
|
(44.2)
|
||||||
|
t See The Classical Theory of Fields, Chapter 7, Pergamon Press, Oxford 1962.
|
||||||
|
§44
|
||||||
|
Maupertuis' principle
|
||||||
|
141
|
||||||
|
Writing the action in the form (43.8) and again replacing H by E, we have
|
||||||
|
(44.3)
|
||||||
|
The first term in this expression,
|
||||||
|
(44.4)
|
||||||
|
is sometimes called the abbreviated action.
|
||||||
|
Substituting (44.3) in (44.2), we find that
|
||||||
|
8S0=0.
|
||||||
|
(44.5)
|
||||||
|
Thus the abbreviated action has a minimum with respect to all paths which
|
||||||
|
satisfy the law of conservation of energy and pass through the final point
|
||||||
|
at any instant. In order to use such a variational principle, the momenta
|
||||||
|
(and so the whole integrand in (44.4)) must be expressed in terms of the
|
||||||
|
co-ordinates q and their differentials dq. To do this, we use the definition of
|
||||||
|
momentum:
|
||||||
|
(44.6)
|
||||||
|
and the law of conservation of energy:
|
||||||
|
E(g)
|
||||||
|
(44.7)
|
||||||
|
Expressing the differential dt in terms of the co-ordinates q and their differen-
|
||||||
|
tials dq by means of (44.7) and substituting in (44.6), we have the momenta
|
||||||
|
in terms of q and dq, with the energy E as a parameter. The variational prin-
|
||||||
|
ciple so obtained determines the path of the system, and is usually called
|
||||||
|
Maupertuis' principle, although its precise formulation is due to EULER and
|
||||||
|
LAGRANGE.
|
||||||
|
The above calculations may be carried out explicitly when the Lagrangian
|
||||||
|
takes its usual form (5.5) as the difference of the kinetic and potential energies:
|
||||||
|
The momenta are
|
||||||
|
and the energy is
|
||||||
|
The last equation gives
|
||||||
|
dt
|
||||||
|
(44.8)
|
||||||
|
142
|
||||||
|
The Canonical Equations
|
||||||
|
§44
|
||||||
|
substituting this in
|
||||||
|
Epides
|
||||||
|
we find the abbreviated action:
|
||||||
|
(44.9)
|
||||||
|
In particular, for a single particle the kinetic energy is T = 1/2 m(dl/dt)2,
|
||||||
|
where m is the mass of the particle and dl an element of its path; the variational
|
||||||
|
principle which determines the path is
|
||||||
|
${/[2m(B-U)]dl=0
|
||||||
|
(44.10)
|
||||||
|
where the integral is taken between two given points in space. This form is
|
||||||
|
due to JACOBI.
|
||||||
|
In free motion of the particle, U = 0, and (44.10) gives the trivial result
|
||||||
|
8 I dl = 0, i.e. the particle moves along the shortest path between the two
|
||||||
|
given points, i.e. in a straight line.
|
||||||
|
Let us return now to the expression (44.3) for the action and vary it with
|
||||||
|
respect to the parameter E. We have
|
||||||
|
substituting in (44.2), we obtain
|
||||||
|
(44.11)
|
||||||
|
When the abbreviated action has the form (44.9), this gives
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(44.12)
|
||||||
|
which is just the integral of equation (44.8). Together with the equation of
|
||||||
|
the path, it entirely determines the motion.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM
|
||||||
|
Derive the differential equation of the path from the variational principle (44.10).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. Effecting the variation, we have
|
||||||
|
f
|
||||||
|
In the second term we have used the fact that dl2 = dr2 and therefore dl d8l = dr. d&r.
|
||||||
|
Integrating this term by parts and then equating to zero the coefficient of Sr in the integrand,
|
||||||
|
we obtain the differential equation of the path:
|
||||||
141
1/45-canonical-transformations.md
Normal file
141
1/45-canonical-transformations.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 45-canonical-transformations
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
Canonical transformations
|
||||||
|
143
|
||||||
|
Expanding the derivative on the left-hand side and putting the force F = - auld gives
|
||||||
|
d2r/dl2=[F-(F.t)t]/2(E-U),
|
||||||
|
where t = dr/dl is a unit vector tangential to the path. The difference F-(F. t)t is the com-
|
||||||
|
ponent Fn of the force normal to the path. The derivative d2r/dl2 = dt/dl is known from
|
||||||
|
differential geometry to be n/R, where R is the radius of curvature of the path and n the unit
|
||||||
|
vector along the principal normal. Replacing E-U by 1mv2, we have (mv2/R)n = Fn, in
|
||||||
|
agreement with the familar expression for the normal acceleration in motion in a curved
|
||||||
|
path.
|
||||||
|
$45. Canonical transformations
|
||||||
|
The choice of the generalised co-ordinates q is subject to no restriction;
|
||||||
|
they may be any S quantities which uniquely define the position of the system
|
||||||
|
in space. The formal appearance of Lagrange's equations (2.6) does not
|
||||||
|
depend on this choice, and in that sense the equations may be said to be
|
||||||
|
invariant with respect to a transformation from the co-ordinates q1, q2,
|
||||||
|
to any other independent quantities Q1, Q2, The new co-ordinates Q are
|
||||||
|
functions of q, and we shall assume that they may explicitly depend on the
|
||||||
|
time, i.e. that the transformation is of the form
|
||||||
|
Qi=Qi(q,t)
|
||||||
|
(45.1)
|
||||||
|
(sometimes called a point transformation).
|
||||||
|
Since Lagrange's equations are unchanged by the transformation (45.1),
|
||||||
|
Hamilton's equations (40.4) are also unchanged. The latter equations, how-
|
||||||
|
ever, in fact allow a much wider range of transformations. This is, of course,
|
||||||
|
because in the Hamiltonian treatment the momenta P are variables inde-
|
||||||
|
pendent of and on an equal footing with the co-ordinates q. Hence the trans-
|
||||||
|
formation may be extended to include all the 2s independent variables P
|
||||||
|
and q:
|
||||||
|
Qt=Qi(p,q,t),
|
||||||
|
Pi = Pi(p, q,t).
|
||||||
|
(45.2)
|
||||||
|
This enlargement of the class of possible transformations is one of the im-
|
||||||
|
portant advantages of the Hamiltonian treatment.
|
||||||
|
The equations of motion do not, however, retain their canonical form
|
||||||
|
under all transformations of the form (45.2). Let us derive the conditions
|
||||||
|
which must be satisfied if the equations of motion in the new variables P, Q
|
||||||
|
are to be of the form
|
||||||
|
(45.3)
|
||||||
|
with some Hamiltonian H'(P,Q). When this happens the transformation is
|
||||||
|
said to be canonical.
|
||||||
|
The formulae for canonical transformations can be obtained as follows. It
|
||||||
|
has been shown at the end of §43 that Hamilton's equations can be derived
|
||||||
|
from the principle of least action in the form
|
||||||
|
(45.4)
|
||||||
|
144
|
||||||
|
The Canonical Equations
|
||||||
|
§45
|
||||||
|
in which the variation is applied to all the co-ordinates and momenta inde-
|
||||||
|
pendently. If the new variables P and Q also satisfy Hamilton's equations,
|
||||||
|
the principle of least action
|
||||||
|
0
|
||||||
|
(45.5)
|
||||||
|
must hold. The two forms (45.4) and (45.5) are equivalent only if their inte-
|
||||||
|
grands are the same apart from the total differential of some function F of
|
||||||
|
co-ordinates, momenta and time.t The difference between the two integrals
|
||||||
|
is then a constant, namely the difference of the values of F at the limits of
|
||||||
|
integration, which does not affect the variation. Thus we must have
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
Each canonical transformation is characterised by a particular function F,
|
||||||
|
called the generating function of the transformation.
|
||||||
|
Writing this relation as
|
||||||
|
(45.6)
|
||||||
|
we see that
|
||||||
|
Pi = 0F/dqi, =-0F/JQi H' = H+0F/dt;
|
||||||
|
(45.7)
|
||||||
|
here it is assumed that the generating function is given as a function of the
|
||||||
|
old and new co-ordinates and the time: F = F(q, Q, t). When F is known,
|
||||||
|
formulae (45.7) give the relation between p, q and P, Q as well as the new
|
||||||
|
Hamiltonian.
|
||||||
|
It may be convenient to express the generating function not in terms of the
|
||||||
|
variables q and Q but in terms of the old co-ordinates q and the new momenta
|
||||||
|
P. To derive the formulae for canonical transformations in this case, we must
|
||||||
|
effect the appropriate Legendre's transformation in (45.6), rewriting it as
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
The argument of the differential on the left-hand side, expressed in terms of
|
||||||
|
the variables q and P, is a new generating function (q, P, t), say. Thent
|
||||||
|
= Qi = ID/OPi, H' = H+d
|
||||||
|
(45.8)
|
||||||
|
We can similarly obtain the formulae for canonical transformations in-
|
||||||
|
volving generating functions which depend on the variables P and Q, or
|
||||||
|
p and P.
|
||||||
|
t We do not consider such trivial transformations as Pi = api, Qi = qt,H' = aH, with a an
|
||||||
|
arbitrary constant, whereby the integrands in (45.4) and (45.5) differ only by a constant
|
||||||
|
factor.
|
||||||
|
+ If the generating function is = fi(q, t)Pi, where the ft are arbitrary functions, we
|
||||||
|
obtain a transformation in which the new co-ordinates are Q = fi(q, t), i.e. are expressed
|
||||||
|
in terms of the old co-ordinates only (and not the momenta). This is a point transformation,
|
||||||
|
and is of course a particular canonical transformation.
|
||||||
|
§45
|
||||||
|
Canonical transformations
|
||||||
|
145
|
||||||
|
The relation between the two Hamiltonians is always of the same form:
|
||||||
|
the difference H' - H is the partial derivative of the generating function with
|
||||||
|
respect to time. In particular, if the generating function is independent of
|
||||||
|
time, then H' = H, i.e. the new Hamiltonian is obtained by simply substitut-
|
||||||
|
ing for P, q in H their values in terms of the new variables P, Q.
|
||||||
|
The wide range of the canonical transformations in the Hamiltonian treat-
|
||||||
|
ment deprives the generalised co-ordinates and momenta of a considerable
|
||||||
|
part of their original meaning. Since the transformations (45.2) relate each
|
||||||
|
of the quantities P, Q to both the co-ordinates q and the momenta P, the
|
||||||
|
variables Q are no longer purely spatial co-ordinates, and the distinction
|
||||||
|
between Q and P becomes essentially one of nomenclature. This is very
|
||||||
|
clearly seen, for example, from the transformation Q = Pi, Pi = -qi,
|
||||||
|
which obviously does not affect the canonical form of the equations and
|
||||||
|
amounts simply to calling the co-ordinates momenta and vice versa.
|
||||||
|
On account of this arbitrariness of nomenclature, the variables P and q in
|
||||||
|
the Hamiltonian treatment are often called simply canonically conjugate
|
||||||
|
quantities. The conditions relating such quantities can be expressed in terms
|
||||||
|
of Poisson brackets. To do this, we shall first prove a general theorem on the
|
||||||
|
invariance of Poisson brackets with respect to canonical transformations.
|
||||||
|
Let [f,g]p,a be the Poisson bracket, for two quantities f and g, in which
|
||||||
|
the differentiation is with respect to the variables P and q, and [f,g]p,Q that
|
||||||
|
in which the differentiation is with respect to P and Q. Then
|
||||||
|
(45.9)
|
||||||
|
The truth of this statement can be seen by direct calculation, using the for-
|
||||||
|
mulae of the canonical transformation. It can also be demonstrated by the
|
||||||
|
following argument.
|
||||||
|
First of all, it may be noticed that the time appears as a parameter in the
|
||||||
|
canonical transformations (45.7) and (45.8). It is therefore sufficient to prove
|
||||||
|
(45.9) for quantities which do not depend explicitly on time. Let us now
|
||||||
|
formally regard g as the Hamiltonian of some fictitious system. Then, by
|
||||||
|
formula (42.1), [f,g]p,a = df/dt. The derivative df/dt can depend only on
|
||||||
|
the properties of the motion of the fictitious system, and not on the particular
|
||||||
|
choice of variables. Hence the Poisson bracket [f,g] is unaltered by the
|
||||||
|
passage from one set of canonical variables to another.
|
||||||
|
Formulae (42.13) and (45.9) give
|
||||||
|
[Qi, Qk]p,a = 0, [Pi,Pk]p,a = 0,
|
||||||
|
(45.10)
|
||||||
|
These are the conditions, written in terms of Poisson brackets, which must
|
||||||
|
be satisfied by the new variables if the transformation P, q P, Q is canonical.
|
||||||
|
It is of interest to observe that the change in the quantities P, q during the
|
||||||
|
motion may itself be regarded as a series of canonical transformations. The
|
||||||
|
meaning of this statement is as follows. Let qt, Pt be the values of the canonical
|
||||||
|
t Whose generating function is
|
||||||
|
6*
|
||||||
|
146
|
||||||
|
The Canonical Equations
|
||||||
40
1/46-louivilles-theorem.md
Normal file
40
1/46-louivilles-theorem.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 46-louivilles-theorem
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
variables at time t, and qt+r, Pt+r their values at another time t +T. The latter
|
||||||
|
are some functions of the former (and involve T as a parameter):
|
||||||
|
If these formulae are regarded as a transformation from the variables Qt, Pt
|
||||||
|
to qt+r, Pttr, then this transformation is canonical. This is evident from the
|
||||||
|
expression ds = for the differential of the action S(qt++,
|
||||||
|
qt) taken along the true path, passing through the points qt and qt++ at given
|
||||||
|
times t and t + T (cf. (43.7)). A comparison of this formula with (45.6) shows
|
||||||
|
that - S is the generating function of the transformation.
|
||||||
|
46. Liouville's theorem
|
||||||
|
For the geometrical interpretation of mechanical phenomena, use is often
|
||||||
|
made of phase space. This is a space of 2s dimensions, whose co-ordinate axes
|
||||||
|
correspond to the S generalised co-ordinates and S momenta of the system
|
||||||
|
concerned. Each point in phase space corresponds to a definite state of the
|
||||||
|
system. When the system moves, the point representing it describes a curve
|
||||||
|
called the phase path.
|
||||||
|
The product of differentials dT = dq1 ... dqsdp1 dps may be regarded
|
||||||
|
as an element of volume in phase space. Let us now consider the integral
|
||||||
|
I dT taken over some region of phase space, and representing the volume of
|
||||||
|
that region. We shall show that this integral is invariant with respect to
|
||||||
|
canonical transformations; that is, if the variables P, q are replaced by
|
||||||
|
P, Q by a canonical transformation, then the volumes of the corresponding
|
||||||
|
regions of the spaces of P, and P, Q are equal:
|
||||||
|
...dqsdp1...dps =
|
||||||
|
(46.1)
|
||||||
|
The transformation of variables in a multiple integral is effected by the
|
||||||
|
formula I .jdQ1...dQsdP1...dPz = S... I Ddq1 dp1...dps,
|
||||||
|
where
|
||||||
|
(46.2)
|
||||||
|
is the Jacobian of the transformation. The proof of (46.1) therefore amounts
|
||||||
|
to proving that the Jacobian of every canonical transformation is unity:
|
||||||
|
D=1.
|
||||||
|
(46.3)
|
||||||
|
We shall use a well-known property of Jacobians whereby they can be
|
||||||
|
treated somewhat like fractions. "Dividing numerator and denominator" by
|
||||||
|
0(91, ..., qs, P1, Ps), we obtain
|
||||||
|
Another property of Jacobians is that, when the same quantities appear in
|
||||||
|
both the partial differentials, the Jacobian reduces to one in fewer variables,
|
||||||
91
1/47-the-hamilton-jacobi-equations.md
Normal file
91
1/47-the-hamilton-jacobi-equations.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 47-the-hamilton-jacobi-equations
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
The Hamilton-Jacobi equation
|
||||||
|
147
|
||||||
|
in which these repeated quantities are regarded as constant in carrying out
|
||||||
|
the differentiations. Hence
|
||||||
|
(46.4)
|
||||||
|
P=constant
|
||||||
|
q=constant
|
||||||
|
The Jacobian in the numerator is, by definition, a determinant of order s
|
||||||
|
whose element in the ith row and kth column is Representing the
|
||||||
|
canonical transformation in terms of the generating function (q, P) as in
|
||||||
|
(45.8), we have = In the same way we find that the
|
||||||
|
ik-element of the determinant in the denominator of (46.4) is
|
||||||
|
This means that the two determinants differ only by the interchange of rows
|
||||||
|
and columns; they are therefore equal, so that the ratio (46.4) is equal to
|
||||||
|
unity. This completes the proof.
|
||||||
|
Let us now suppose that each point in the region of phase space considered
|
||||||
|
moves in the course of time in accordance with the equations of motion of the
|
||||||
|
mechanical system. The region as a whole therefore moves also, but its volume
|
||||||
|
remains unchanged:
|
||||||
|
f dr = constant.
|
||||||
|
(46.5)
|
||||||
|
This result, known as Liouville's theorem, follows at once from the invariance
|
||||||
|
of the volume in phase space under canonical transformations and from the
|
||||||
|
fact that the change in p and q during the motion may, as we showed at the end
|
||||||
|
of §45, be regarded as a canonical transformation.
|
||||||
|
In an entirely similar manner the integrals
|
||||||
|
11 2 dae dph
|
||||||
|
,
|
||||||
|
in which the integration is over manifolds of two, four, etc. dimensions in
|
||||||
|
phase space, may be shown to be invariant.
|
||||||
|
47. The Hamilton-Jacobi equation
|
||||||
|
In §43 the action has been considered as a function of co-ordinates and
|
||||||
|
time, and it has been shown that the partial derivative with respect to time
|
||||||
|
of this function S(q, t) is related to the Hamiltonian by
|
||||||
|
and its partial derivatives with respect to the co-ordinates are the momenta.
|
||||||
|
Accordingly replacing the momenta P in the Hamiltonian by the derivatives
|
||||||
|
as/aq, we have the equation
|
||||||
|
(47.1)
|
||||||
|
which must be satisfied by the function S(q, t). This first-order partial
|
||||||
|
differential equation is called the Hamilton-Jacobi equation.
|
||||||
|
148
|
||||||
|
The Canonical Equations
|
||||||
|
§47
|
||||||
|
Like Lagrange's equations and the canonical equations, the Hamilton-
|
||||||
|
Jacobi equation is the basis of a general method of integrating the equations
|
||||||
|
of motion.
|
||||||
|
Before describing this method, we should recall the fact that every first-
|
||||||
|
order partial differential equation has a solution depending on an arbitrary
|
||||||
|
function; such a solution is called the general integral of the equation. In
|
||||||
|
mechanical applications, the general integral of the Hamilton-Jacobi equation
|
||||||
|
is less important than a complete integral, which contains as many independent
|
||||||
|
arbitrary constants as there are independent variables.
|
||||||
|
The independent variables in the Hamilton-Jacobi equation are the time
|
||||||
|
and the co-ordinates. For a system with s degrees of freedom, therefore, a
|
||||||
|
complete integral of this equation must contain s+1 arbitrary constants.
|
||||||
|
Since the function S enters the equation only through its derivatives, one
|
||||||
|
of these constants is additive, so that a complete integral of the Hamilton-
|
||||||
|
Jacobi equation is
|
||||||
|
Sft,q,saas)+
|
||||||
|
(47.2)
|
||||||
|
where X1, ..., as and A are arbitrary constants.
|
||||||
|
Let us now ascertain the relation between a complete integral of the
|
||||||
|
Hamilton-Jacobi equation and the solution of the equations of motion which
|
||||||
|
is of interest. To do this, we effect a canonical transformation from the
|
||||||
|
variables q, P to new variables, taking the function f (t, q; a) as the
|
||||||
|
generating function, and the quantities a1, A2, ..., as as the new momenta.
|
||||||
|
Let the new co-ordinates be B1, B2, ..., Bs. Since the generating function
|
||||||
|
depends on the old co-ordinates and the new momenta, we use formulae
|
||||||
|
(45.8): Pi = af/dqi, Bi = af/dar, H' = H+dfdd. But since the function f
|
||||||
|
satisfies the Hamilton-Jacobi equation, we see that the new Hamiltonian is
|
||||||
|
zero: H' = H+af/dt = H+as/t = 0. Hence the canonical equations in
|
||||||
|
the new variables are di = 0, Bi = 0, whence
|
||||||
|
ay=constant,
|
||||||
|
Bi = constant.
|
||||||
|
(47.3)
|
||||||
|
By means of the S equations af/dai = Bi, the S co-ordinates q can be expressed
|
||||||
|
in terms of the time and the 2s constants a and B. This gives the general
|
||||||
|
integral of the equations of motion.
|
||||||
|
t Although the general integral of the Hamilton-Jacobi equation is not needed here, we
|
||||||
|
may show how it can be found from a complete integral. To do this, we regard A as an arbi-
|
||||||
|
trary function of the remaining constants: S = f(t, q1, ..., q8; a1, as) +A(a1, as). Re-
|
||||||
|
placing the Ai by functions of co-ordinates and time given by the S conditions asidar = 0,
|
||||||
|
we obtain the general integral in terms of the arbitrary function A(a1,..., as). For, when the
|
||||||
|
function S is obtained in this manner, we have
|
||||||
|
as
|
||||||
|
The quantities (as/dqs)a satisfy the Hamilton-Jacobi equation, since the function S(t, q; a)
|
||||||
|
is assumed to be a complete integral of that equation. The quantities asida therefore satisfy
|
||||||
|
the same equation.
|
||||||
193
1/48-separation-of-the-variables.md
Normal file
193
1/48-separation-of-the-variables.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 48-separation-of-the-variables
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
Separation of the variables
|
||||||
|
149
|
||||||
|
Thus the solution of the problem of the motion of a mechanical system by
|
||||||
|
the Hamilton-Jacobi method proceeds as follows. From the Hamiltonian,
|
||||||
|
we form the Hamilton-Jacobi equation, and find its complete integral (47.2).
|
||||||
|
Differentiating this with respect to the arbitrary constants a and equating
|
||||||
|
the derivatives to new constants B, we obtain S algebraic equations
|
||||||
|
asidar=Bt,
|
||||||
|
(47.4)
|
||||||
|
whose solution gives the co-ordinates q as functions of time and of the 2s
|
||||||
|
arbitrary constants. The momenta as functions of time may then be found
|
||||||
|
from the equations Pi = aslaqi.
|
||||||
|
If we have an incomplete integral of the Hamilton-Jacobi equation, depend-
|
||||||
|
ing on fewer than S arbitrary constants, it cannot give the general integral
|
||||||
|
of the equations of motion, but it can be used to simplify the finding of the
|
||||||
|
general integral. For example, if a function S involving one arbitrary con-
|
||||||
|
stant a is known, the relation asida = constant gives one equation between
|
||||||
|
q1, ..., qs and t.
|
||||||
|
The Hamilton-Jacobi equation takes a somewhat simpler form if the func-
|
||||||
|
tion H does not involve the time explicitly, i.e. if the system is conservative.
|
||||||
|
The time-dependence of the action is given by a term -Et:
|
||||||
|
S = So(g)-Et
|
||||||
|
(47.5)
|
||||||
|
(see 44), and substitution in (47.1) gives for the abbreviated action So(q)
|
||||||
|
the Hamilton-Jacobi equation in the form
|
||||||
|
(47.6)
|
||||||
|
$48. Separation of the variables
|
||||||
|
In a number of important cases, a complete integral of the Hamilton-
|
||||||
|
Jacobi equation can be found by "separating the variables", a name given to
|
||||||
|
the following method.
|
||||||
|
Let us assume that some co-ordinate, q1 say, and the corresponding
|
||||||
|
derivative asia appear in the Hamilton-Jacobi equation only in some
|
||||||
|
combination (q1, which does not involve the other co-ordinates, time,
|
||||||
|
or derivatives, i.e. the equation is of the form
|
||||||
|
(48.1)
|
||||||
|
where qi denotes all the co-ordinates except q1.
|
||||||
|
We seek a solution in the form of a sum:
|
||||||
|
(48.2)
|
||||||
|
150
|
||||||
|
The Canonical Equations
|
||||||
|
§48
|
||||||
|
substituting this in equation (48.1), we obtain
|
||||||
|
(48.3)
|
||||||
|
Let us suppose that the solution (48.2) has been found. Then, when it is
|
||||||
|
substituted in equation (48.3), the latter must become an identity, valid (in
|
||||||
|
particular) for any value of the co-ordinate q1. When q1 changes, only the
|
||||||
|
function is affected, and so, if equation (48.3) is an identity, must be a
|
||||||
|
constant. Thus equation (48.3) gives the two equations
|
||||||
|
(48.4)
|
||||||
|
= 0,
|
||||||
|
(48.5)
|
||||||
|
where a1 is an arbitrary constant. The first of these is an ordinary differential
|
||||||
|
equation, and the function S1(q1) is obtained from it by simple integration.
|
||||||
|
The remaining partial differential equation (48.5) involves fewer independent
|
||||||
|
variables.
|
||||||
|
If we can successively separate in this way all the S co-ordinates and the
|
||||||
|
time, the finding of a complete integral of the Hamilton-Jacobi equation is
|
||||||
|
reduced to quadratures. For a conservative system we have in practice to
|
||||||
|
separate only S variables (the co-ordinates) in equation (47.6), and when this
|
||||||
|
separation is complete the required integral is
|
||||||
|
(48.6)
|
||||||
|
where each of the functions Sk depends on only one co-ordinate; the energy
|
||||||
|
E, as a function of the arbitrary constants A1, As, is obtained by substituting
|
||||||
|
So = in equation (47.6).
|
||||||
|
A particular case is the separation of a cyclic variable. A cyclic co-ordinate
|
||||||
|
q1 does not appear explicitly in the Hamiltonian, nor therefore in the Hamilton-
|
||||||
|
Jacobi equation. The function (91, reduces to as/da simply, and
|
||||||
|
from equation (48.4) we have simply S1 = x1q1, so that
|
||||||
|
(48.7)
|
||||||
|
The constant a1 is just the constant value of the momentum P1 = asida
|
||||||
|
corresponding to the cyclic co-ordinate.
|
||||||
|
The appearance of the time in the term - Et for a conservative system
|
||||||
|
corresponds to the separation of the "cyclic variable" t.
|
||||||
|
Thus all the cases previously considered of the simplification of the integra-
|
||||||
|
tion of the equations of motion by the use of cyclic variables are embraced
|
||||||
|
by the method of separating the variables in the Hamilton-Jacobi equation.
|
||||||
|
To those cases are added others in which the variables can be separated even
|
||||||
|
though they are not cyclic. The Hamilton-Jacobi treatment is consequently
|
||||||
|
the most powerful method of finding the general integral of the equations of
|
||||||
|
motion.
|
||||||
|
§48
|
||||||
|
Separation of the variables
|
||||||
|
151
|
||||||
|
To make the variables separable in the Hamilton-Jacobi equation the
|
||||||
|
co-ordinates must be appropriately chosen. We shall consider some examples
|
||||||
|
of separating the variables in different co-ordinates, which may be of
|
||||||
|
physical interest in connection with problems of the motion of a particle in
|
||||||
|
various external fields.
|
||||||
|
(1) Spherical co-ordinates. In these co-ordinates (r, 0, ), the Hamiltonian is
|
||||||
|
and the variables can be separated if
|
||||||
|
U
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
where a(r), b(a), c(b) are arbitrary functions. The last term in this expression
|
||||||
|
for U is unlikely to be of physical interest, and we shall therefore take
|
||||||
|
U = a(r)+b(8)/r2.
|
||||||
|
(48.8)
|
||||||
|
In this case the Hamilton-Jacobi equation for the function So is
|
||||||
|
1
|
||||||
|
Since the co-ordinate is cyclic, we seek a solution in the form So
|
||||||
|
Pot+S1(T)+S2(9), obtaining for the functions S1(r) andS 2(0) the equations
|
||||||
|
(day)
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
E.
|
||||||
|
Integration gives finally
|
||||||
|
S = -
|
||||||
|
(48.9)
|
||||||
|
The arbitrary constants in (48.9) are Pp, B and E; on differentiating with
|
||||||
|
respect to these and equating the results to other constants, we have the
|
||||||
|
general solution of the equations of motion.
|
||||||
|
(2) Parabolic co-ordinates. The passage from cylindrical co-ordinates
|
||||||
|
(here denoted by p, o, 2) to parabolic co-ordinates E, N, o is effected by the
|
||||||
|
formulae
|
||||||
|
1(-n),pv(En).
|
||||||
|
(48.10)
|
||||||
|
The co-ordinates & and n take values from 0 to 00; the surfaces of constant
|
||||||
|
$ and n are easily seen to be two families of paraboloids of revolution, with
|
||||||
|
152
|
||||||
|
The Canonical Equations
|
||||||
|
§48
|
||||||
|
the z-axis as the axis of symmetry. The equations (48.10) can also be written,
|
||||||
|
in terms of
|
||||||
|
r = =
|
||||||
|
(48.11)
|
||||||
|
(i.e. the radius in spherical co-ordinates), as
|
||||||
|
$ = r++,
|
||||||
|
= r Z.
|
||||||
|
(48.12)
|
||||||
|
Let us now derive the Lagrangian of a particle in the co-ordinates $, n, o.
|
||||||
|
Differentiating the expressions (48.10) with respect to time and substituting
|
||||||
|
in the Lagrangian in cylindrical co-ordinates
|
||||||
|
L =
|
||||||
|
we obtain
|
||||||
|
L
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(48.13)
|
||||||
|
The = and
|
||||||
|
the Hamiltonian is
|
||||||
|
(48.14)
|
||||||
|
The physically interesting cases of separable variables in these co-ordinates
|
||||||
|
correspond to a potential energy of the form
|
||||||
|
(48.15)
|
||||||
|
The equation for So is
|
||||||
|
2
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
E.
|
||||||
|
The cyclic co-ordinate can be separated as a term PoO. Multiplying the equa-
|
||||||
|
tion by m(s+n) and rearranging, we then have
|
||||||
|
Putting So = P&O + S2(n), we obtain the two equations
|
||||||
|
-B,
|
||||||
|
§48
|
||||||
|
Separation of the variables
|
||||||
|
153
|
||||||
|
integration of which gives finally
|
||||||
|
S
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
dn.
|
||||||
|
(48.16)
|
||||||
|
Here the arbitrary constants are Ps, B and E.
|
||||||
|
(3) Elliptic co-ordinates. These are E, n, o, defined by
|
||||||
|
(48.17)
|
||||||
|
The constant o is a parameter of the transformation. The co-ordinate $ takes
|
||||||
|
values from 1 to 80, and n from - 1 to + 1. The definitions which are geo-
|
||||||
|
metrically clearest+ are obtained in terms of the distances r1 and r2 to points
|
||||||
|
A1 and A2 on the z-axis for which 2 = to: r1 = V[(2-0)2+p2],
|
||||||
|
r2 = Substitution of (48.17) gives
|
||||||
|
= o(s-n), r2 = o(+n),
|
||||||
|
(48.18)
|
||||||
|
& = (r2+r1)/2o, n = (r2-r1)/2o. =
|
||||||
|
Transforming the Lagrangian from cylindrical to elliptic co-ordinates, we
|
||||||
|
find
|
||||||
|
L
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(48.19)
|
||||||
|
The Hamiltonian is therefore
|
||||||
|
H
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
(48.20)
|
||||||
|
The physically interesting cases of separable variables correspond to a
|
||||||
|
potential energy
|
||||||
|
(48.21)
|
||||||
|
where a() and b(n) are arbitrary functions. The result of separating the
|
||||||
|
variables in the Hamilton-Jacobi equation is
|
||||||
|
S
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
1-n2
|
||||||
|
t The surfaces of constant $ are the ellipsoids = 1, of which A1 and
|
||||||
|
A2 are the foci; the surfaces of constant n are the hyperboloids 22/02/2-22/02(1-n2 = 1,
|
||||||
|
also with foci A1 and A2.
|
||||||
|
154
|
||||||
|
The Canonical Equations
|
||||||
174
1/49-adiabatic-invariants.md
Normal file
174
1/49-adiabatic-invariants.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 49-adiabatic-invariants
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
PROBLEMS
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 1. Find a complete integral of the Hamilton-Jacobi equation for motion of a
|
||||||
|
particle in a field U = a/r-Fz (a combination of a uniform field and a Coulomb field).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. The field is of the type (48.15), with a(f)=a1F,b(n)a+Fn2 Formula
|
||||||
|
(48.16) gives
|
||||||
|
S
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
with arbitrary constants Po, E,B. The constant B has in this case the significance that the one-
|
||||||
|
valued function of the co-ordinates and momenta of the particle
|
||||||
|
B
|
||||||
|
is conserved. The expression in the brackets is an integral of the motion for a pure Coulomb
|
||||||
|
field (see $15).
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM 2. The same as Problem 1, but for a field U = ai/r +az/r2 (the Coulomb field
|
||||||
|
of two fixed points at a distance 2a apart).
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. This field is of the type (48.21), with a($) = (a1+az) /o, = (a1-az)n/o.
|
||||||
|
From formula (48.22) we find
|
||||||
|
S
|
||||||
|
=
|
||||||
|
The constant B here expresses the conservation of the quantity
|
||||||
|
B = cos 01+ cos 02),
|
||||||
|
where M is the total angular momentum of the particle, and 01 and O2 are the angles shown in
|
||||||
|
Fig. 55.
|
||||||
|
12
|
||||||
|
r
|
||||||
|
The
|
||||||
|
20
|
||||||
|
a
|
||||||
|
FIG. 55
|
||||||
|
$49. Adiabatic invariants
|
||||||
|
Let us consider a mechanical system executing a finite motion in one dimen-
|
||||||
|
sion and characterised by some parameter A which specifies the properties of
|
||||||
|
the system or of the external field in which it is placed, and let us suppose that
|
||||||
|
1 varies slowly (adiabatically) with time as the result of some external action;
|
||||||
|
by a "slow" variation we mean one in which A varies only slightly during the
|
||||||
|
period T of the motion:
|
||||||
|
di/dt < A.
|
||||||
|
(49.1)
|
||||||
|
§49
|
||||||
|
Adiabatic invariants
|
||||||
|
155
|
||||||
|
Such a system is not closed, and its energy E is not conserved. However, since
|
||||||
|
A varies only slowly, the rate of change E of the energy is proportional to the
|
||||||
|
rate of change 1 of the parameter. This means that the energy of the system
|
||||||
|
behaves as some function of A when the latter varies. In other words, there
|
||||||
|
is some combination of E and A which remains constant during the motion.
|
||||||
|
This quantity is called an adiabatic invariant.
|
||||||
|
Let H(p, q; A) be the Hamiltonian of the system, which depends on the
|
||||||
|
parameter A. According to formula (40.5), the total time derivative of the
|
||||||
|
energy of the system is dE/dt = OH/dt = (aH/dx)(d)/dt). In averaging this
|
||||||
|
equation over the period of the motion, we need not average the second
|
||||||
|
factor, since A (and therefore i) varies only slowly: dE/dt = (d)/dt)
|
||||||
|
and in the averaged function 01/01 we can regard only P and q, and not A, as
|
||||||
|
variable. That is, the averaging is taken over the motion which would occur
|
||||||
|
if A remained constant.
|
||||||
|
The averaging may be explicitly written
|
||||||
|
dE dt
|
||||||
|
According to Hamilton's equation q = OHOP, or dt = dq - (CH/OP). The
|
||||||
|
integration with respect to time can therefore be replaced by one with respect
|
||||||
|
to the co-ordinate, with the period T written as
|
||||||
|
here the $ sign denotes an integration over the complete range of variation
|
||||||
|
("there and back") of the co-ordinate during the period. Thus
|
||||||
|
dq/(HHap)
|
||||||
|
(49.2)
|
||||||
|
dt $ dq/(HHdp)
|
||||||
|
As has already been mentioned, the integrations in this formula must be
|
||||||
|
taken over the path for a given constant value of A. Along such a path the
|
||||||
|
Hamiltonian has a constant value E, and the momentum is a definite function
|
||||||
|
of the variable co-ordinate q and of the two independent constant parameters
|
||||||
|
E and A. Putting therefore P = p(q; E, 1) and differentiating with respect
|
||||||
|
to A the equation H(p, q; X) )=E, we have = 0, or
|
||||||
|
OH/OP ax ap
|
||||||
|
t If the motion of the system is a rotation, and the co-ordinate q is an angle of rotation ,
|
||||||
|
the integration with respect to must be taken over a "complete rotation", i.e. from 0 to 2nr.
|
||||||
|
156
|
||||||
|
The Canonical Equations
|
||||||
|
§49
|
||||||
|
Substituting this in the numerator of (49.2) and writing the integrand in the
|
||||||
|
denominator as ap/dE, we obtain
|
||||||
|
dt
|
||||||
|
(49.3)
|
||||||
|
dq
|
||||||
|
or
|
||||||
|
dt
|
||||||
|
Finally, this may be written as
|
||||||
|
dI/dt 0,
|
||||||
|
(49.4)
|
||||||
|
where
|
||||||
|
(49.5)
|
||||||
|
the integral being taken over the path for given E and A. This shows that, in
|
||||||
|
the approximation here considered, I remains constant when the parameter A
|
||||||
|
varies, i.e. I is an adiabatic invariant.
|
||||||
|
The quantity I is a function of the energy of the system (and of the para-
|
||||||
|
meter A). The partial derivative with respect to energy is given by 2m DI/DE
|
||||||
|
= $ (ap/dE) dq (i.e. the integral in the denominator in (49.3)) and is, apart from
|
||||||
|
a factor 2n, the period of the motion:
|
||||||
|
(49.6)
|
||||||
|
The integral (49.5) has a geometrical significance in terms of the phase
|
||||||
|
path of the system. In the case considered (one degree of freedom), the phase
|
||||||
|
space reduces to a two-dimensional space (i.e. a plane) with co-ordinates
|
||||||
|
P, q, and the phase path of a system executing a periodic motion is a closed
|
||||||
|
curve in the plane. The integral (49.5) taken round this curve is the area
|
||||||
|
enclosed. It can evidently be written equally well as the line integral
|
||||||
|
I = - $ q dp/2m and as the area integral I = II dp dq/2m.
|
||||||
|
As an example, let us determine the adiabatic invariant for a one-dimen-
|
||||||
|
sional oscillator. The Hamiltonian is H = where w is the
|
||||||
|
frequency of the oscillator. The equation of the phase path is given by the
|
||||||
|
law of conservation of energy H(p, q) = E. The path is an ellipse with semi-
|
||||||
|
axes (2mE) and V(2E/mw2), and its area, divided by 2nr, is
|
||||||
|
I=E/w.
|
||||||
|
(49.7)
|
||||||
|
t It can be shown that, if the function X(t) has no singularities, the difference of I from a
|
||||||
|
constant value is exponentially small.
|
||||||
|
§49
|
||||||
|
Adiabatic invariants
|
||||||
|
157
|
||||||
|
The adiabatic invariance of I signifies that, when the parameters of the
|
||||||
|
oscillator vary slowly, the energy is proportional to the frequency.
|
||||||
|
The equations of motion of a closed system with constant parameters
|
||||||
|
may be reformulated in terms of I. Let us effect a canonical transformation
|
||||||
|
of the variables P and q, taking I as the new "momentum". The generating
|
||||||
|
function is the abbreviated action So, expressed as a function of q and I. For
|
||||||
|
So is defined for a given energy of the system; in a closed system, I is a func-
|
||||||
|
tion of the energy alone, and so So can equally well be written as a function
|
||||||
|
So(q, I). The partial derivative (So/dq)E is the same as the derivative
|
||||||
|
( for constant I. Hence
|
||||||
|
(49.8)
|
||||||
|
corresponding to the first of the formulae (45.8) for a canonical trans-
|
||||||
|
formation. The second of these formulae gives the new "co-ordinate",
|
||||||
|
which we denote by W:
|
||||||
|
W = aso(q,I)/aI.
|
||||||
|
(49.9)
|
||||||
|
The variables I and W are called canonical variables; I is called the action
|
||||||
|
variable and W the angle variable.
|
||||||
|
Since the generating function So(q, I) does not depend explicitly on time,
|
||||||
|
the new Hamiltonian H' is just H expressed in terms of the new variables.
|
||||||
|
In other words, H' is the energy E(I), expressed as a function of the action
|
||||||
|
variable. Accordingly, Hamilton's equations in canonical variables are
|
||||||
|
i = 0,
|
||||||
|
w = dE(I)/dI.
|
||||||
|
(49.10)
|
||||||
|
The first of these shows that I is constant, as it should be; the energy is
|
||||||
|
constant, and I is so too. From the second equation we see that the angle
|
||||||
|
variable is a linear function of time:
|
||||||
|
W = (dE/dI)t + constant.
|
||||||
|
(49.11)
|
||||||
|
The action So(q, I) is a many-valued function of the co-ordinate. During
|
||||||
|
each period this function increases by
|
||||||
|
(49.12)
|
||||||
|
as is evident from the formula So = Spdq and the definition (49.5). During
|
||||||
|
the same time the angle variable therefore increases by
|
||||||
|
Aw = (S/I) =
|
||||||
|
(49.13)
|
||||||
|
t The exactness with which the adiabatic invariant (49.7) is conserved can be determined by
|
||||||
|
establishing the relation between the coefficients C in the asymptotic (t + 00) expressions
|
||||||
|
q = re[c exp(iw+t)] for the solution of the oscillator equation of motion q + w2(t) q = 0.
|
||||||
|
Here the frequency w is a slowly varying function of time, tending to constant limits w as
|
||||||
|
t
|
||||||
|
+ 00. The limiting values of I are given in terms of these coefficients by I = tw+/c+l2.
|
||||||
|
The solution is known from quantum mechanics, on account of the formal resemblance
|
||||||
|
between the above equation of motion and SCHRODINGER'S equation 4" + k2(x) 4 = 0 for
|
||||||
|
one-dimensional motion of a particle above a slowly varying (quasi-classical) "potential
|
||||||
|
barrier". The problem of finding the relation between the asymptotic (x + 00)
|
||||||
|
expressions
|
||||||
|
for & is equivalent to that of finding the "reflection coefficient" of the potential barrier; see
|
||||||
|
Quantum Mechanics, $52, Pergamon Press, Oxford 1965.
|
||||||
|
This method of determining the exactness of conservation of the adiabatic invariant for an
|
||||||
|
oscillator is due to L. P. PITAEVSKII. The relevant calculations are given by A. M. DYKHNE,
|
||||||
|
Soviet Physics JETP 11, 411, 1960. The analysis for the general case of an arbitrary finite
|
||||||
|
motion in one dimension is given by A.A. SLUTSKIN, Soviet Physics JETP 18, 676, 1964.
|
||||||
|
158
|
||||||
|
The Canonical Equations
|
||||||
571
1/50-general-properties-of-motion-in-s-dimensions.md
Normal file
571
1/50-general-properties-of-motion-in-s-dimensions.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,571 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: 50-general-properties-of-motion-in-s-dimensions
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
as may also be seen directly from formula (49.11) and the expression (49.6)
|
||||||
|
for the period.
|
||||||
|
Conversely, if we express q and P, or any one-valued function F(p, q) of
|
||||||
|
them, in terms of the canonical variables, then they remain unchanged when
|
||||||
|
W increases by 2nd (with I constant). That is, any one-valued function F(p, q),
|
||||||
|
when expressed in terms of the canonical variables, is a periodic function of W
|
||||||
|
with period 2.
|
||||||
|
$50. General properties of motion in S dimensions
|
||||||
|
Let us consider a system with any number of degrees of freedom, executing
|
||||||
|
a motion finite in all the co-ordinates, and assume that the variables can be
|
||||||
|
completely separated in the Hamilton-Jacobi treatment. This means that,
|
||||||
|
when the co-ordinates are appropriately chosen, the abbreviated action
|
||||||
|
can be written in the form
|
||||||
|
(50.1)
|
||||||
|
as a sum of functions each depending on only one co-ordinate.
|
||||||
|
Since the generalised momenta are Pi = aso/dqi = dSi/dqi, each function
|
||||||
|
Si can be written
|
||||||
|
(50.2)
|
||||||
|
These are many-valued functions. Since the motion is finite, each co-ordinate
|
||||||
|
can take values only in a finite range. When qi varies "there and back" in this
|
||||||
|
range, the action increases by
|
||||||
|
(50.3)
|
||||||
|
where
|
||||||
|
(50.4)
|
||||||
|
the integral being taken over the variation of qi just mentioned.
|
||||||
|
Let us now effect a canonical transformation similar to that used in 49,
|
||||||
|
for the case of a single degree of freedom. The new variables are "action vari-
|
||||||
|
ables" Ii and "angle variables"
|
||||||
|
w(a(q
|
||||||
|
(50.5)
|
||||||
|
+ It should be emphasised, however, that this refers to the formal variation of the co-
|
||||||
|
ordinate qi over the whole possible range of values, not to its variation during the period of
|
||||||
|
the actual motion as in the case of motion in one dimension. An actual finite motion of a
|
||||||
|
system with several degrees of freedom not only is not in general periodic as a whole, but
|
||||||
|
does not even involve a periodic time variation of each co-ordinate separately (see below).
|
||||||
|
§50
|
||||||
|
General properties of motion in S dimensions
|
||||||
|
159
|
||||||
|
where the generating function is again the action expressed as a function of
|
||||||
|
the co-ordinates and the Ii. The equations of motion in these variables are
|
||||||
|
Ii = 0, w = de(I)/I, which give
|
||||||
|
I=constant,
|
||||||
|
(50.6)
|
||||||
|
+ constant.
|
||||||
|
(50.7)
|
||||||
|
We also find, analogously to (49.13), that a variation "there and back" of
|
||||||
|
the co-ordinate qi corresponds to a change of 2n in Wi:
|
||||||
|
Awi==2m
|
||||||
|
(50.8)
|
||||||
|
In other words, the quantities Wi(q, I) are many-valued functions of the co-
|
||||||
|
ordinates: when the latter vary and return to their original values, the Wi
|
||||||
|
may vary by any integral multiple of 2. This property may also be formulated
|
||||||
|
as a property of the function Wi(P, q), expressed in terms of the co-ordinates
|
||||||
|
and momenta, in the phase space of the system. Since the Ii, expressed in
|
||||||
|
terms of P and q, are one-valued functions, substitution of Ii(p, q) in wi(q, I)
|
||||||
|
gives a function wilp, q) which may vary by any integral multiple of 2n
|
||||||
|
(including zero) on passing round any closed path in phase space.
|
||||||
|
Hence it follows that any one-valued function F(P, q) of the state of the
|
||||||
|
system, if expressed in terms of the canonical variables, is a periodic function
|
||||||
|
of the angle variables, and its period in each variable is 2nr. It can be expanded
|
||||||
|
as a multiple Fourier series:
|
||||||
|
(50.9)
|
||||||
|
ls==
|
||||||
|
where l1, l2, ls are integers. Substituting the angle variables as functions
|
||||||
|
of time, we find that the time dependence of F is given by a sum of the form
|
||||||
|
(50.10)
|
||||||
|
lg==
|
||||||
|
Each term in this sum is a periodic function of time, with frequency
|
||||||
|
(50.11)
|
||||||
|
Since these frequencies are not in general commensurable, the sum itself is
|
||||||
|
not a periodic function, nor, in particular, are the co-ordinates q and
|
||||||
|
momenta P of the system.
|
||||||
|
Thus the motion of the system is in general not strictly periodic either as a
|
||||||
|
whole or in any co-ordinate. This means that, having passed through a given
|
||||||
|
state, the system does not return to that state in a finite time. We can say,
|
||||||
|
t Rotational co-ordinates (see the first footnote to 49) are not in one-to-one relation
|
||||||
|
with the state of the system, since the position of the latter is the same for all values of
|
||||||
|
differing by an integral multiple of 2nr. If the co-ordinates q include such angles, therefore,
|
||||||
|
these can appear in the function F(P, q) only in such expressions as cos and sin , which
|
||||||
|
are in one-to-one relation with the state of the system.
|
||||||
|
160
|
||||||
|
The Canonical Equations
|
||||||
|
§50
|
||||||
|
however, that in the course of a sufficient time the system passes arbitrarily
|
||||||
|
close to the given state. For this reason such a motion is said to be conditionally
|
||||||
|
periodic.
|
||||||
|
In certain particular cases, two or more of the fundamental frequencies
|
||||||
|
Wi = DE/DI are commensurable for arbitrary values of the Ii. This is called
|
||||||
|
degeneracy, and if all S frequencies are commensurable, the motion of the
|
||||||
|
system is said to be completely degenerate. In the latter case the motion is
|
||||||
|
evidently periodic, and the path of every particle is closed.
|
||||||
|
The existence of degeneracy leads, first of all, to a reduction in the number
|
||||||
|
of independent quantities Ii on which the energy of the system depends.
|
||||||
|
If two frequencies W1 and W2 are such that
|
||||||
|
(50.12)
|
||||||
|
where N1 and N2 are integers, then it follows that I1 and I2 appear in the energy
|
||||||
|
only as the sum n2I1+n1I2.
|
||||||
|
A very important property of degenerate motion is the increase in the
|
||||||
|
number of one-valued integrals of the motion over their number for a general
|
||||||
|
non-degenerate system with the same number of degrees of freedom. In the
|
||||||
|
latter case, of the 2s-1 integrals of the motion, only s functions of the state
|
||||||
|
of the system are one-valued; these may be, for example, the S quantities I
|
||||||
|
The remaining S - 1 integrals may be written as differences
|
||||||
|
(50.13)
|
||||||
|
The constancy of these quantities follows immediately from formula (50.7),
|
||||||
|
but they are not one-valued functions of the state of the system, because the
|
||||||
|
angle variables are not one-valued.
|
||||||
|
When there is degeneracy, the situation is different. For example, the rela-
|
||||||
|
tion (50.12) shows that, although the integral
|
||||||
|
WIN1-W2N2
|
||||||
|
(50.14)
|
||||||
|
is not one-valued, it is so except for the addition of an arbitrary integral
|
||||||
|
multiple of 2nr. Hence we need only take a trigonometrical function of this
|
||||||
|
quantity to obtain a further one-valued integral of the motion.
|
||||||
|
An example of degeneracy is motion in a field U = -a/r (see Problem).
|
||||||
|
There is consequently a further one-valued integral of the motion (15.17)
|
||||||
|
peculiar to this field, besides the two (since the motion is two-dimensional)
|
||||||
|
ordinary one-valued integrals, the angular momentum M and the energy E,
|
||||||
|
which hold for motion in any central field.
|
||||||
|
It may also be noted that the existence of further one-valued integrals
|
||||||
|
leads in turn to another property of degenerate motions: they allow a complete
|
||||||
|
separation of the variables for several (and not only one+) choices of the co-
|
||||||
|
t We ignore such trivial changes in the co-ordinates as q1' = q1'(q1), q2' = 92'(92).
|
||||||
|
§50
|
||||||
|
General properties of motion in S dimensions
|
||||||
|
161
|
||||||
|
ordinates. For the quantities Ii are one-valued integrals of the motion in
|
||||||
|
co-ordinates which allow separation of the variables. When degeneracy occurs,
|
||||||
|
the number of one-valued integrals exceeds S, and so the choice of those
|
||||||
|
which are the desired I is no longer unique.
|
||||||
|
As an example, we may again mention Keplerian motion, which allows
|
||||||
|
separation of the variables in both spherical and parabolic co-ordinates.
|
||||||
|
In §49 it has been shown that, for finite motion in one dimension, the
|
||||||
|
action variable is an adiabatic invariant. This statement holds also for systems
|
||||||
|
with more than one degree of freedom. Here we shall give a proof valid
|
||||||
|
for the general case.
|
||||||
|
Let X(t) be again a slowly varying parameter of the system. In the canonical
|
||||||
|
transformation from the variables P, q to I, W, the generating function is, as we
|
||||||
|
know, the action So(q, I). This depends on A as a parameter and, if A is a func-
|
||||||
|
tion of time, the function So(q, I; X(t)) depends explicitly on time. In such a
|
||||||
|
case the new Hamiltonian H' is not the same as H, i.e. the energy E(I), and
|
||||||
|
by the general formulae (45.8) for the canonical transformation we have
|
||||||
|
H' E(I)+asoldt = E(I)+A, where A III (aso/ad)r. Hamilton's equations
|
||||||
|
give
|
||||||
|
ig = -
|
||||||
|
(50.15)
|
||||||
|
We average this equation over a time large compared with the fundamental
|
||||||
|
periods of the system but small compared with the time during which the
|
||||||
|
parameter A varies appreciably. Because of the latter condition we need not
|
||||||
|
average 1 on the right-hand side, and in averaging the quantities we
|
||||||
|
may regard the motion of the system as taking place at a constant value of A
|
||||||
|
and therefore as having the properties of conditionally periodic motion
|
||||||
|
described above.
|
||||||
|
The action So is not a one-valued function of the co-ordinates: when q
|
||||||
|
returns to its initial value, So increases by an integral multiple of 2I. The
|
||||||
|
derivative A = (aso/ax), is a one-valued function, since the differentiation
|
||||||
|
is effected for constant Ii, and there is therefore no increase in So. Hence A,
|
||||||
|
expressed as a function of the angle variables Wr, is periodic. The mean value
|
||||||
|
of the derivatives of such a function is zero, and therefore by (50.15)
|
||||||
|
we have also
|
||||||
|
which shows that the quantities Ii are adiabatic invariants.
|
||||||
|
Finally, we may briefly discuss the properties of finite motion of closed
|
||||||
|
systems with S degrees of freedom in the most general case, where the vari-
|
||||||
|
ables in the Hamilton-Jacobi equation are not assumed to be separable.
|
||||||
|
The fundamental property of systems with separable variables is that the
|
||||||
|
integrals of the motion Ii, whose number is equal to the number of degrees
|
||||||
|
+ To simplify the formulae we assume that there is only one such parameter, but the proof
|
||||||
|
is valid for any number.
|
||||||
|
162
|
||||||
|
The Canonical Equations
|
||||||
|
§50
|
||||||
|
of freedom, are one-valued. In the general case where the variables are not
|
||||||
|
separable, however, the one-valued integrals of the motion include only
|
||||||
|
those whose constancy is derived from the homogeneity and isotropy of space
|
||||||
|
and time, namely energy, momentum and angular momentum.
|
||||||
|
The phase path of the system traverses those regions of phase space which
|
||||||
|
are defined by the given constant values of the one-valued integrals of the
|
||||||
|
motion. For a system with separable variables and S one-valued integrals,
|
||||||
|
these conditions define an s-dimensional manifold (hypersurface) in phase
|
||||||
|
space. During a sufficient time, the path of the system passes arbitrarily close
|
||||||
|
to every point on this hypersurface.
|
||||||
|
In a system where the variables are not separable, however, the number
|
||||||
|
of one-valued integrals is less than S, and the phase path occupies, completely
|
||||||
|
or partly, a manifold of more than S dimensions in phase space.
|
||||||
|
In degenerate systems, on the other hand, which have more than S integrals
|
||||||
|
of the motion, the phase path occupies a manifold of fewer than S dimensions.
|
||||||
|
If the Hamiltonian of the system differs only by small terms from one which
|
||||||
|
allows separation of the variables, then the properties of the motion are close
|
||||||
|
to those of a conditionally periodic motion, and the difference between the
|
||||||
|
two is of a much higher order of smallness than that of the additional terms in
|
||||||
|
the Hamiltonian.
|
||||||
|
PROBLEM
|
||||||
|
Calculate the action variables for elliptic motion in a field U = -a/r.
|
||||||
|
SOLUTION. In polar co-ordinates r, in the plane of the motion we have
|
||||||
|
'max
|
||||||
|
= 1+av(m2)E)
|
||||||
|
Hence the energy, expressed in terms of the action variables, is E = It
|
||||||
|
depends only on the sum Ir+I, and the motion is therefore degenerate; the two funda-
|
||||||
|
mental frequencies (in r and in b) coincide.
|
||||||
|
The parameters P and e of the orbit (see (15.4)) are related to Ir and I by
|
||||||
|
p=
|
||||||
|
Since Ir and I are adiabatic invariants, when the coefficient a or the mass m varies slowly
|
||||||
|
the eccentricity of the orbit remains unchanged, while its dimensions vary in inverse propor-
|
||||||
|
tion to a and to m.
|
||||||
|
INDEX
|
||||||
|
Acceleration, 1
|
||||||
|
Coriolis force, 128
|
||||||
|
Action, 2, 138ff.
|
||||||
|
Couple, 109
|
||||||
|
abbreviated, 141
|
||||||
|
Cross-section, effective, for scattering,
|
||||||
|
variable, 157
|
||||||
|
49ff.
|
||||||
|
Additivity of
|
||||||
|
C system, 41
|
||||||
|
angular momentum, 19
|
||||||
|
Cyclic co-ordinates, 30
|
||||||
|
energy, 14
|
||||||
|
integrals of the motion, 13
|
||||||
|
d'Alembert's principle, 124
|
||||||
|
Lagrangians, 4
|
||||||
|
Damped oscillations, 74ff.
|
||||||
|
mass, 17
|
||||||
|
Damping
|
||||||
|
momentum, 15
|
||||||
|
aperiodic, 76
|
||||||
|
Adiabatic invariants, 155, 161
|
||||||
|
coefficient, 75
|
||||||
|
Amplitude, 59
|
||||||
|
decrement, 75
|
||||||
|
complex, 59
|
||||||
|
Degeneracy, 39, 69, 160f.
|
||||||
|
Angle variable, 157
|
||||||
|
complete, 160
|
||||||
|
Angular momentum, 19ff.
|
||||||
|
Degrees of freedom, 1
|
||||||
|
of rigid body, 105ff.
|
||||||
|
Disintegration of particles, 41ff.
|
||||||
|
Angular velocity, 97f.
|
||||||
|
Dispersion-type absorption, 79
|
||||||
|
Area integral, 31n.
|
||||||
|
Dissipative function, 76f.
|
||||||
|
Dummy suffix, 99n.
|
||||||
|
Beats, 63
|
||||||
|
Brackets, Poisson, 135ff.
|
||||||
|
Eccentricity, 36
|
||||||
|
Eigenfrequencies, 67
|
||||||
|
Canonical equations (VII), 131ff.
|
||||||
|
Elastic collision, 44
|
||||||
|
Canonical transformation, 143ff.
|
||||||
|
Elliptic functions, 118f.
|
||||||
|
Canonical variables, 157
|
||||||
|
Elliptic integrals, 26, 118
|
||||||
|
Canonically conjugate quantities, 145
|
||||||
|
Energy, 14, 25f.
|
||||||
|
Central field, 21, 30
|
||||||
|
centrifugal, 32, 128
|
||||||
|
motion in, 30ff.
|
||||||
|
internal, 17
|
||||||
|
Centrally symmetric field, 21
|
||||||
|
kinetic, see Kinetic energy
|
||||||
|
Centre of field, 21
|
||||||
|
potential, see Potential energy
|
||||||
|
Centre of mass, 17
|
||||||
|
Equations of motion (I), 1ff.
|
||||||
|
system, 41
|
||||||
|
canonical (VII), 131ff.
|
||||||
|
Centrifugal force, 128
|
||||||
|
integration of (III), 25ff.
|
||||||
|
Centrifugal potential, 32, 128
|
||||||
|
of rigid body, 107ff.
|
||||||
|
Characteristic equation, 67
|
||||||
|
Eulerian angles, 110ff.
|
||||||
|
Characteristic frequencies, 67
|
||||||
|
Euler's equations, 115, 119
|
||||||
|
Closed system, 8
|
||||||
|
Collisions between particles (IV), 41ff.
|
||||||
|
Finite motion, 25
|
||||||
|
elastic, 44ff.
|
||||||
|
Force, 9
|
||||||
|
Combination frequencies, 85
|
||||||
|
generalised, 16
|
||||||
|
Complete integral, 148
|
||||||
|
Foucault's pendulum, 129f.
|
||||||
|
Conditionally periodic motion, 160
|
||||||
|
Frame of reference, 4
|
||||||
|
Conservation laws (II), 13ff.
|
||||||
|
inertial, 5f.
|
||||||
|
Conservative systems, 14
|
||||||
|
non-inertial, 126ff.
|
||||||
|
Conserved quantities, 13
|
||||||
|
Freedom, degrees of, 1
|
||||||
|
Constraints, 10
|
||||||
|
Frequency, 59
|
||||||
|
equations of, 123
|
||||||
|
circular, 59
|
||||||
|
holonomic, 123
|
||||||
|
combination, 85
|
||||||
|
Co-ordinates, 1
|
||||||
|
Friction, 75, 122
|
||||||
|
cyclic, 30
|
||||||
|
generalised, 1ff.
|
||||||
|
Galilean transformation, 6
|
||||||
|
normal, 68f.
|
||||||
|
Galileo's relativity principle, 6
|
||||||
|
163
|
||||||
|
164
|
||||||
|
Index
|
||||||
|
General integral, 148
|
||||||
|
Mechanical similarity, 22ff.
|
||||||
|
Generalised
|
||||||
|
Molecules, vibrations of, 70ff.
|
||||||
|
co-ordinates, 1ff.
|
||||||
|
Moment
|
||||||
|
forces, 16
|
||||||
|
of force, 108
|
||||||
|
momenta, 16
|
||||||
|
of inertia, 99ff.
|
||||||
|
velocities, 1ff.
|
||||||
|
principal, 100ff.
|
||||||
|
Generating function, 144
|
||||||
|
Momentum, 15f.
|
||||||
|
angular, see Angular momentum
|
||||||
|
Half-width, 79
|
||||||
|
generalised, 16
|
||||||
|
Hamiltonian, 131f.
|
||||||
|
moment of, see Angular momentum
|
||||||
|
Hamilton-Jacobi equation, 147ff.
|
||||||
|
Multi-dimensional motion, 158ff.
|
||||||
|
Hamilton's equations, 132
|
||||||
|
Hamilton's function, 131
|
||||||
|
Hamilton's principle, 2ff.
|
||||||
|
Newton's equations, 9
|
||||||
|
Holonomic constraint, 123
|
||||||
|
Newton's third law, 16
|
||||||
|
Nodes, line of, 110
|
||||||
|
Impact parameter, 48
|
||||||
|
Non-holonomic constraint, 123
|
||||||
|
Inertia
|
||||||
|
Normal co-ordinates, 68f.
|
||||||
|
law of, 5
|
||||||
|
Normal oscillations, 68
|
||||||
|
moments of, 99ff.
|
||||||
|
Nutation, 113
|
||||||
|
principal, 100ff.
|
||||||
|
principal axes of, 100
|
||||||
|
One-dimensional motion, 25ff., 58ff.
|
||||||
|
tensor, 99
|
||||||
|
Oscillations, see Small oscillations
|
||||||
|
Inertial frames, 5f.
|
||||||
|
Oscillator
|
||||||
|
Infinite motion, 25
|
||||||
|
one-dimensional, 58n.
|
||||||
|
Instantaneous axis, 98
|
||||||
|
space, 32, 70
|
||||||
|
Integrals of the motion, 13, 135
|
||||||
|
Jacobi's identity, 136
|
||||||
|
Particle, 1
|
||||||
|
Pendulums, 11f., 26, 33ff., 61, 70, 95,
|
||||||
|
Kepler's problem, 35ff.
|
||||||
|
102f., 129f.
|
||||||
|
Kepler's second law, 31
|
||||||
|
compound, 102f.
|
||||||
|
Kepler's third law, 23
|
||||||
|
conical, 34
|
||||||
|
Kinetic energy, 8, 15
|
||||||
|
Foucault's, 129f.
|
||||||
|
of rigid body, 98f.
|
||||||
|
spherical, 33f.
|
||||||
|
Perihelion, 36
|
||||||
|
Laboratory system, 41
|
||||||
|
movement of, 40
|
||||||
|
Lagrange's equations, 3f.
|
||||||
|
Phase, 59
|
||||||
|
Lagrangian, 2ff.
|
||||||
|
path, 146
|
||||||
|
for free motion, 5
|
||||||
|
space, 146
|
||||||
|
of free particle, 6ff.
|
||||||
|
Point transformation, 143
|
||||||
|
in non-inertial frame, 127
|
||||||
|
Poisson brackets, 135ff.
|
||||||
|
for one-dimensional motion, 25, 58
|
||||||
|
Poisson's theorem, 137
|
||||||
|
of rigid body, 99
|
||||||
|
Polhodes, 117n.
|
||||||
|
for small oscillations, 58, 61, 66, 69, 84
|
||||||
|
Potential energy, 8, 15
|
||||||
|
of system of particles, 8ff.
|
||||||
|
centrifugal, 32, 128
|
||||||
|
of two bodies, 29
|
||||||
|
effective, 32, 94
|
||||||
|
Latus rectum, 36
|
||||||
|
from period of oscillation, 27ff.
|
||||||
|
Least action, principle of, 2ff.
|
||||||
|
Potential well, 26, 54f.
|
||||||
|
Legendre's transformation, 131
|
||||||
|
Precession, regular, 107
|
||||||
|
Liouville's theorem, 147
|
||||||
|
L system, 41
|
||||||
|
Rapidly oscillating field, motion in, 93ff.
|
||||||
|
Reactions, 122
|
||||||
|
Mass, 7
|
||||||
|
Reduced mass, 29
|
||||||
|
additivity of, 17
|
||||||
|
Resonance, 62, 79
|
||||||
|
centre of, 17
|
||||||
|
in non-linear oscillations, 87ff.
|
||||||
|
reduced, 29
|
||||||
|
parametric, 80ff.
|
||||||
|
Mathieu's equation, 82n.
|
||||||
|
Rest, system at, 17
|
||||||
|
Maupertuis' principle, 141
|
||||||
|
Reversibility of motion, 9
|
||||||
|
Index
|
||||||
|
165
|
||||||
|
Rigid bodies, 96
|
||||||
|
Space
|
||||||
|
angular momentum of, 105ff.
|
||||||
|
homogeneity of, 5, 15
|
||||||
|
in contact, 122ff.
|
||||||
|
isotropy of, 5, 18
|
||||||
|
equations of motion of, 107ff.
|
||||||
|
Space oscillator, 32, 70
|
||||||
|
motion of (VI), 96ff.
|
||||||
|
Rolling, 122
|
||||||
|
Time
|
||||||
|
Rotator, 101, 106
|
||||||
|
homogeneity of, 5, 13ff.
|
||||||
|
Rough surface, 122
|
||||||
|
isotropy of, 8f.
|
||||||
|
Routhian, 134f.
|
||||||
|
Top
|
||||||
|
Rutherford's formula, 53f.
|
||||||
|
asymmetrical, 100, 116ff.
|
||||||
|
"fast", 113f.
|
||||||
|
spherical, 100, 106
|
||||||
|
Scattering, 48ff.
|
||||||
|
symmetrical, 100, 106f., 111f.
|
||||||
|
cross-section, effective, 49ff.
|
||||||
|
Torque, 108
|
||||||
|
Rutherford's formula for, 53f.
|
||||||
|
Turning points, 25, 32
|
||||||
|
small-angle, 55ff.
|
||||||
|
Two-body problem, 29
|
||||||
|
Sectorial velocity, 31
|
||||||
|
Separation of variables, 149ff.
|
||||||
|
Uniform field, 10
|
||||||
|
Similarity, mechanical, 22ff.
|
||||||
|
Sliding, 122
|
||||||
|
Variation, 2, 3
|
||||||
|
Small oscillations, 22, (V) 58ff.
|
||||||
|
first, 3
|
||||||
|
anharmonic, 84ff.
|
||||||
|
Velocity, 1
|
||||||
|
damped, 74ff.
|
||||||
|
angular, 97f.
|
||||||
|
forced, 61ff., 77ff.
|
||||||
|
sectorial, 31
|
||||||
|
free, 58ff., 65ff.
|
||||||
|
translational, 97
|
||||||
|
linear, 84
|
||||||
|
Virial, 23n.
|
||||||
|
non-linear, 84ff.
|
||||||
|
theorem, 23f.
|
||||||
|
normal, 68
|
||||||
|
Smooth surface, 122
|
||||||
|
Well, potential, 26, 54f.
|
||||||
|
PHYSICS
|
||||||
|
The enormous increase in the number
|
||||||
|
and size of scientific journals has led to a
|
||||||
|
qualitative change in the problem of
|
||||||
|
scientific communication. The policies
|
||||||
|
of most journals are based on the old
|
||||||
|
need to ensure that no valid science
|
||||||
|
was lost to the scientific public by being
|
||||||
|
rejected ; the problem now seems to be
|
||||||
|
whether almost all good science will
|
||||||
|
be buried among mountains of valid
|
||||||
|
but mediocre work, or secreted in
|
||||||
|
specialized publications. The scientist
|
||||||
|
reads only a tiny fraction of physics,
|
||||||
|
either sharply specialized or selected at
|
||||||
|
random, by rumour or by the author's
|
||||||
|
reputation.
|
||||||
|
PHYSICS will help its readers to find
|
||||||
|
at least some of the first-rate new work,
|
||||||
|
particularly outside their speciality, it
|
||||||
|
will help to maintain the unity of
|
||||||
|
physics against an increasing tendency
|
||||||
|
toward specialization and to keep high
|
||||||
|
standards of presentation and possibly
|
||||||
|
of creative scientific work.
|
||||||
|
Write for an Information and Index
|
||||||
|
Leaflet giving full details including
|
||||||
|
subscription rates.
|
||||||
|
Pergamon Press
|
||||||
|
Headington Hill Hall, Oxford OX3 OBW
|
||||||
|
Maxwell House, Fairview Park,
|
||||||
|
Elmsford, New York 10523
|
||||||
|
4 & 5 Fitzroy Square, London W1
|
||||||
|
2 & 3 Teviot Place, Edinburgh 1
|
||||||
|
207 Queen's Quay West, Toronto 1
|
||||||
|
19A Boundary Street, Rushcutters Bay,
|
||||||
|
N.S.W. 2011, Australia
|
||||||
|
24 rue des Ecoles, Paris 5e
|
||||||
|
Vieweg & Sohn GmbH, Burgplatz 1,
|
||||||
|
Braunschweig
|
||||||
|
Printed in Great Britain/Bradley
|
||||||
|
COURSE OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
|
||||||
|
by L.D. LANDAU and E.M. LIFSHITZ
|
||||||
|
Institute of Physical Problems, USSR Academy of Sciences
|
||||||
|
The complete Course of Theoretical Physics by Landau and Lifshitz, recognized as two
|
||||||
|
of the world's outstanding physicists, is being published in full by Pergamon Press. It
|
||||||
|
comprises nine volumes, covering all branches of the subject translations from the Russian
|
||||||
|
are by leading scientists.
|
||||||
|
Typical of many statements made by experts reviewing the series, are the following
|
||||||
|
"The titles of the volumes in this series cover a vast range of topics, and there seems to be
|
||||||
|
little in physics on which the authors are not very well informed."
|
||||||
|
Nature
|
||||||
|
"The remarkable nine-volume Course of Theoretical Physics
|
||||||
|
the
|
||||||
|
clearness
|
||||||
|
and
|
||||||
|
accuracy
|
||||||
|
of the authors' treatment of theoretical physics is well maintained."
|
||||||
|
Proceedings of the Physical Society
|
||||||
|
Of individual volumes, reviewers have written
|
||||||
|
MECHANICS
|
||||||
|
"The entire book is a masterpiece of scientific writing. There is not a superfluous sentence
|
||||||
|
and the authors know exactly where they are going
|
||||||
|
It is certain that this volume will
|
||||||
|
be able to hold its own amongst more conventional texts in classical mechanisms, as a
|
||||||
|
scholarly and economic exposition of the subject."
|
||||||
|
Science Progress
|
||||||
|
QUANTUM MECHANICS (Non-relativistic Theory)
|
||||||
|
throughout the five hundred large pages, the authors' discussion proceeds with the
|
||||||
|
clarity and succinctness typical of the very best works on theoretical physics."
|
||||||
|
Technology
|
||||||
|
FLUID MECHANICS
|
||||||
|
"The ground covered includes ideal fluids, viscous fluids, turbulence, boundary layers,
|
||||||
|
conduction and diffusion, surface phenomena and sound. Compressible fluids are treated
|
||||||
|
under the headings of shock waves, one-dimensional gas flow and flow past finite bodies.
|
||||||
|
There is a chapter on the fluid dynamics of combustion while unusual topics discussed are
|
||||||
|
relativistic fluid dynamics, dynamics of superfluids and fluctuations of fluid dynamics
|
||||||
|
a
|
||||||
|
valuable addition to any library covering the mechanics of fluids."
|
||||||
|
Science Progress
|
||||||
|
THE CLASSICAL THEORY OF FIELDS (Second Edition)
|
||||||
|
"This is an excellent and readable volume. It is a valuable and unique addition to the
|
||||||
|
literature of theoretical physics."
|
||||||
|
Science
|
||||||
|
STATISTICAL PHYSICS
|
||||||
|
stimulating reading, partly because of the clarity and compactness of some of the
|
||||||
|
treatments put forward, and partly by reason of contrasts with texts on statistical mechanics
|
||||||
|
and statistical thermodynamics better known to English sciences
|
||||||
|
Other features
|
||||||
|
attract attention since they do not always receive comparable mention in other textbooks."
|
||||||
|
New Scientist
|
||||||
|
THEORY OF ELASTICITY
|
||||||
|
"I shall be surprised if this book does not come to be regarded as a masterpiece."
|
||||||
|
Journal of the Royal Institute of Physics
|
||||||
|
ELECTRODYNAMICS OF CONTINUOUS MEDIA
|
||||||
|
"Within the volume one finds everything expected of a textbook on classical electricity
|
||||||
|
and magnetism, and a great deal more. It is quite certain that this book will remain unique
|
||||||
|
and indispensable for many years to come."
|
||||||
|
Science Progress
|
||||||
|
08 006466 3
|
||||||
|
|
@ -59,6 +59,12 @@ batch_seq() {
|
||||||
echo " $CHAPTER_FILE"
|
echo " $CHAPTER_FILE"
|
||||||
set -x
|
set -x
|
||||||
sed "1,/^§$chapter/d;/^§$((chapter+1))/,\$d" $FILE > $CHAPTER_FILE
|
sed "1,/^§$chapter/d;/^§$((chapter+1))/,\$d" $FILE > $CHAPTER_FILE
|
||||||
|
cat <<EOF > $BOOK/$CHAPTER_NAME.md
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
title: $CHAPTER_NAME
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat $CHAPTER_FILE >> $BOOK/$CHAPTER_NAME.md
|
||||||
done
|
done
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Loading…
Reference in a new issue